Sie sind auf Seite 1von 500

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.


As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-
cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the


time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-
tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-
ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!


Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the © 2014 Kia Canada Inc.
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or
of your new vehicle. mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features information storage and retrieval system or translation in
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or part is not permitted without written authorization
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, from Kia Canada Inc..
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i
Introduction 1
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process

Your vehicle at a glance 2


Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Safety features of your vehicle 3


Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicle


Keys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors 4
/ Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc.
table of contents Driving your vehicle
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system / 5
Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergency 6
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

Maintenance
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc.

Specifications & Consumer information 8


Index I

ii
Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1


Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Use of MTBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle Break-In Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various types of safety
possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. instructions in this manual. These
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a instructions were prepared to
assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an enhance your personal safety.
ly recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all located in Carefully read and follow ALL proce-
entire manual. In order to minimize the back of this manual. dures and recommendations provid-
the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sec- ed in these instructions.
must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section
TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so
Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section
WARNING
in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. A WARNING indicates a situation
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your in which harm, serious bodily
manual, you will learn about fea- injury or death could result if the
tures, important safety information, warning is ignored.
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.

✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.

1 2
Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new Kia vehicle is designed to Gasoline containing alcohol and
use only unleaded fuel having a WARNING - Refueling methanol
pump octane number ((R+M)/2) of • Do not "top off" after the noz- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
87 (Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off. ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
higher. Attempts to force more fuel and gasoline or gasohol containing
into the tank can cause fuel methanol (also known as wood alco-
Your new vehicle is designed to overflow onto you and the hol) are being marketed along with or
ground causing a risk of fire. instead of leaded or unleaded gaso-
obtain maximum performance with line.
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- • Always check that the fuel cap
mize exhaust emissions and spark is installed securely to pre- Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
plug fouling. vent fuel spillage, especially may be used in your vehicle. Do not
in the event of an accident. use gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline
Never add any fuel system cleaning or gasohol containing any methanol.
agents to the fuel tank other than Ethanol provides less energy than
what has been specified. (Consult an ✽ NOTICE gasoline and it attracts water, and it is
authorized Kia dealer for details.) Tighten the cap until it clicks one thus likely to reduce your fuel efficien-
time, otherwise the fuel cap open cy and could lower your MPG results.
warning indicator light (or LCD Methanol may cause drivability prob-
display) will illuminate. lems and damage to the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of anykind
if drivability problems occur. Vehicle
damage or drivability problems may
not be covered by the manufacturer's
warranty if they result from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

1 3
Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Gasoline containing MMT Use of MTBE
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Some gasoline contains harmful Kia recommends avoiding fuels con-
percent gasoline, and is manufac- manganese-based fuel additives taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
tured exclusively for use in Flexible such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi- Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- enyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine perform- Kia does not recommend the use of Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%
ance and damage to your vehicle's gasoline containing MMT. vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)
engine and fuel system. Kia recom- This type of fuel can reduce vehicle may reduce vehicle performance and
mends that customers do not use performance and affect your emis- produce vapor lock or hard starting.
fuel with an ethanol content exceed- sion control system.
ing 10 percent. The malfunction indicator lamp on CAUTION
the cluster may come on.
Your New Vehicle Limited
✽ NOTICE Warranty may not cover damage
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty to the fuel system and any per-
does not cover damage to the fuel formance problems that are
system or any performance prob- caused by the use of fuels con-
lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel. taining methanol or fuels con-
taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

1 4
Introduction

Do not use methanol Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries


Fuels containing methanol (wood Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle
alcohol) should not be used in your quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to:
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding
vehicle performance and damage Detergent Gasoline, which helps registration and insurance.
components of the fuel system. prevent deposit formation in the
engine. These gasolines will help the • Determine that acceptable fuel is
engine run cleaner and enhance per- available.
formance of the Emission Control
System. For more information on
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
please go to the website (www.top-
tiergas.com).
For Customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi-
tives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline. If
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank at 7,500 miles
or every engine oil change is recom-
mended. Additives are available from
your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.

1 5
Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN


INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS
As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is needed.
failure to operate this vehicle cor- By following a few simple precautions
rectly may result in loss of control, for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you
an accident or vehicle rollover. may add to the performance, econo-
Specific design characteristics (high- my and life of your vehicle.
er ground clearance, track, etc.) give • Do not race the engine.
this vehicle a higher center of gravity
than other types of vehicles. It is not • While driving, keep your engine
designed for cornering at the same speed (rpm, or revolutions per
speeds as a conventional 2-wheel minute) between 2,000 rpm and
drive sedans or sports coupe. Avoid 4,000 rpm.
sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. • Do not maintain a single speed for
Failure to operate this vehicle cor- long periods of time, either fast or
rectly may result in loss of control, an slow. Varying engine speed is need-
accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure ed to properly break-in the engine.
to read the “Reducing the risk of a • Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
rollover” driving guidelines, in gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
section 5 of this manual. properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

1 6
Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2


Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2
Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view

1. Hood .....................................................4-32
2. Head lamp ...................................4-90, 7-78
3. Fog lamp .....................................4-93, 7-81
4. Tire and wheel...............................7-47, 8-4
5. Outside rearview mirror ........................4-51
6. Panoramic sunroof................................4-37
7. Front windshield wiper blades .....4-94, 7-41
8.Windows ................................................4-26

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OPS013001N

2 2
Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

9. Door ......................................................4-19
10. Fuel filler lid ........................................4-34
11. Rear combination lamp.......................7-83
12. Tail gate ..............................................4-24
13. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-85
14. Rear window defroster......................4-102
15. Antenna ............................................4-143
16. Rearview camera................................4-88

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OPS013002N

2 3
Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ................................4-19


2. Power window switch ............................4-27
3. Power window lock button.....................4-30
4. Central door lock switch........................4-21
5. Outside rearview mirror control.............4-51
6. Outside rearview mirror folding .............4-52
7. Fuel filler lid open lever .........................4-34
8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ...................................................4-55
9. Steering wheel heater On/Off button ....4-45
10. Idle Stop and Go (ISG) OFF button....5-49
11. ESC Off button....................................5-34
12. Advanced Lighting Speaker ..............4-146
13. Steering wheel ....................................4-43
14. Tilt and telescopic steering control
lever.....................................................4-44
15. Inner fuse panel ..................................7-68
16. Hood release lever ..............................4-32
17. Seat.......................................................3-2
18. Transaxle shift lever ...................5-15, 5-19

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OPS013004N

2 4
Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons..............4-144


2. Driver’s front air bag .............................3-53
3. Horn......................................................4-45
4. Cruise control button ............................5-40
5. Instrument cluster .................................4-54
6. Lighting control lever.............................4-90
7.Wiper and washer control lever .............4-94
8. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop
button.............................................5-7, 5-10
9. Audio...................................................4-143
10. Hazard warning flasher.........................6-2
11. Climate control system..........4-104, 4-113
12. Front seat warmer/
Seat air ventilation.................4-134, 4-135
13. Power outlet ......................................4-137
14. Center console storage box..............4-130
15. Glove box..........................................4-130
16. Passenger’s front air bag....................3-53
17. Parking brake......................................5-28

❈The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OPS013003N

2 5
Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ 1.6L GDI

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-34


2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-27
3. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-27
4. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-29
5. Radiator cap .....................................7-31
6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-32
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-44
8. Negative battery terminal..................7-44
9. Fuse box ...........................................7-62
10. Air cleaner.......................................7-36

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS073001

2 6
Your vehicle at a glance

■ 2.0L GDI

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-34


2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-27
3. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-27
4. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-29
5. Radiator cap .....................................7-31
6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-32
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-44
8. Negative battery terminal..................7-44
9. Fuse box ...........................................7-62
10. Air cleaner.......................................7-36

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS073002

2 7
Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag . . 3-63
• Front seat adjustment - Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 • SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
• Front seat adjustment - Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 • Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 • Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 equipped vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 3
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
• Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
• Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Air bag -
advanced supplemental restraint system . . . . . . 3-40
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
• Do not Installing a child restraint on a front
passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
Manual seat
(3) Seat cushion height
(Driver’s seat)
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)
(5) Headrest

Rear seats
(6) Seatback folding
Power seat
(7) Headrest

OPS033001N

3 2
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat


objects responsibility for front seat • Never attempt to adjust the
Loose objects in the driver’s passenger seat while the vehicle is mov-
foot area could interfere with Riding in a vehicle with a front ing. This could result in loss of
the operation of the foot pedals, seatback reclined could lead to control, and an accident caus-
possibly causing an accident. serious or fatal injury in an acci- ing death, serious injury, or
Do not place anything under the dent. If a front seat is reclined property damage.
front seats. during an accident, the occu- • Do not allow anything to inter-
pant’s hips may slide under the fere with the normal position of
lap portion of the seat belt, apply- the seatback. Storing items
WARNING - Uprighting ing great force to the unprotect- against a seatback or in any
seat ed abdomen. Serious or fatal other way interfering with
internal injuries could result. The proper locking of a seatback
When you return the seatback driver must advise the front pas-
to its upright position, hold the could result in serious or fatal
senger to keep the seatback in injury in a sudden stop or colli-
seatback and return it slowly an upright position whenever the
and be sure there are no other sion.
vehicle is in motion.
passengers around the seat. If • Always drive and ride with your
the seatback is returned with- seatback upright and the lap
out being held and controlled, portion of the seat belt snug
WARNING and low across the hips. This
the back of the seat could
spring forward resulting in acci- Do not use a cushion that is the best position to protect
dental injury to a person struck reduces friction between the seat you in case of an accident.
by the seatback. and the passenger. The passen-
(Continued)
ger's hips may slide under the
lap portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate normally.

3 3
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued)


• In order to avoid unnecessary backs • When resetting the seatback to
and perhaps severe air bag • The rear seatback must be the upright position, make sure
injuries, always sit as far back securely latched. If not, pas- it is securely latched by push-
as possible from the steering sengers and objects could be ing it forward and backwards.
wheel while maintaining com- thrown forward resulting in • To avoid the possibility of
fortable control of the vehicle. serious injury or death in the burns, do not remove the car-
We recommend that your chest event of a sudden stop or col- pet in the cargo area. Emission
be at least 25 cm (10 inches) control devices beneath this
lision. floor generate high tempera-
away from the steering wheel.
• Luggage and other cargo tures.
should be laid flat in the cargo
area. If objects are large, heavy,
or must be piled, they must be
secured. Under no circum- WARNING
stances should cargo be piled After adjusting the seat, always
higher than the seatbacks. check that it is securely locked
Failure to follow these warnings into place by attempting to
could result in serious injury or move the seat forward or back-
death in the event of a sudden ward without using the lock
stop, collision or rollover. release lever. Sudden or unex-
• No passenger should ride in pected movement of the dri-
the cargo area or sit or lie on ver's seat could cause you to
folded seatbacks while the lose control of the vehicle
vehicle is moving. All passen- resulting in an accident.
gers must be properly seated
in seats and restrained proper-
ly while riding.
(Continued)

3 4
Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle


WARNING - Damaged Forward and backward
seats
If your vehicle has been in an
accident, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.

WARNING
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat cushion forward may OPS033003
cause strong pressure on the OPS033002 To recline the seatback:
abdomen. 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
To move the seat forward or back-
• Use extreme caution so that ward: seatback recline lever.
hands or other objects are not 2. Carefully lean back on the seat
caught in the seat mechanisms 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the
while the seat is moving. seat to the position you desire.
• Do not put a cigarette lighter 2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure
on the floor or seat. When you the seatback is locked in place.
operate the seat, gas may 3. Release the lever and make sure
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
gush out of the lighter and the seat is locked in place.
inal position for the seatback to
cause fire. Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.)
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.

3 5
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height (for driver’s seat) Front seat adjustment - power


(if equipped) CAUTION
The front seat can be adjusted by • The power seat is driven by an
using the control switches located on electric motor. Stop operating
the outside of the seat cushion. once the adjustment is com-
Before driving, adjust the seat to the pleted. Excessive operation
proper position so you can easily con- may damage the electrical
trol the steering wheel, pedals and equipment.
switches on the instrument panel. • When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large
amount of electrical power. To
WARNING prevent unnecessary charging
The power seat is operable with system drain, don’t adjust the
OPS033004
the ignition OFF. power seat longer than neces-
To change the height of the seat, Therefore, children should sary while the engine is not
push the lever upwards or down- never be left unattended in the running.
wards. vehicle. • Do not operate two or more
• To lower the seat cushion, push the power seat control switches at
lever down several times. the same time. Doing so may
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the result in power seat motor or
lever up several times. electrical component malfunc-
tion.

3 6
Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle Seat height (for driver’s seat)

OPS033005 OPS033006 OPS033007


Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control
backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to
desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush-
once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-
position. desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down
to lower the rear part of the seat
cushion. Release the switch once the
seat reaches the desired position.

3 7
Safety features of your vehicle

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Headrest (for front seat)


WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at
the same height of the center
of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's head
is similar with the height of
the top of their eyes. Also,
adjust the headrest as close
OPS033008 OHM038048N
to your head as possible. For
The lumbar support can be adjusted The driver's and front passenger's this reason, the use of a cush-
by pressing the button. seats are equipped with a headrest ion that holds the body away
for the occupant's safety and comfort. from the seatback is not rec-
The headrest not only provides com- ommended.
fort for the driver and front passenger, • Do not operate the vehicle
but also helps protect the head and with the headrests removed.
neck in the event of a rear collision. Severe injury to the occu-
pants may occur in the event
of an accident. Headrests may
provide protection against
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
position of the driver’s seat
while the vehicle is in motion.

3 8
Safety features of your vehicle

OPS033009 OPS033010 OYFH034205


Forward and rearward adjustment Adjusting the height up and down
The headrest may be adjusted for- To raise the headrest, pull it up to the CAUTION
ward to 4 different positions by desired position (1). To lower the If you recline the seatback
pulling the headrest forward to the headrest, push and hold the release towards the front with the head
desired detent. To adjust the head- button (2) on the headrest support restraint and seat cushion
rest to it’s furthest rearward position, and lower the headrest to the desired raised, the head restraint may
pull it fully forward to the farthest position (3). come in contact with the sunvi-
position and release it. Adjust the sor or other parts of the vehicle.
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.

3 9
Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type A
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.

OPS033047L OPS033048L
■ Type B ■ Type B

OPS033049L OPS033050L
Removal/Reinstall To reinstall the headrest :
To remove the headrest: 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
1. Recline the seatback(2) with the holes while pressing the release
recline lever or switch(1). button (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 2. Recline the seatback(4) with the
recline lever or switch(3)
3. Press the headrest release button 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropri-
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4). ate height.

3 10
Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment


WARNING Folding the rear seat
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after rein- The rear seatbacks can be folded to
stalling and adjusting it properly. facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.

WARNING - Folded down


seatback
Never allow passengers sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
OPS033016 the vehicle is moving.This is not a
proper seating position and no
The seatback pocket is provided on seat belts are available for use.
the back of the front passenger’s
This could result in serious injury
seatbacks.
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
WARNING - Objects
objects in the seatback pockets. Objects carried on the folded
In an accident they could come down seatback should not
loose from the pocket and extend higher than the top of
injure vehicle occupants. the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.

3 11
Safety features of your vehicle

2. Set the front seatback to the


upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.

OPS033017

OPS033018
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle. When you return the
seatback to its upright position,
always be sure it has locked into
position by pushing on the top of
the seatback.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
OPS033015 the seatback backward by pulling
To fold down the rear seatback on the folding lever.
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in Pull the seatback firmly until it
the pocket (if equipped) between clicks into place.
the rear seatback and cushion, Make sure the seatback is locked
and insert the rear seat belt web- in place.
bing in the guide to prevent the 6.Return the rear seat belt to the
seat belt from being damaged. proper position.

3 12
Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest
WARNING - Uprighting WARNING - Cargo loading
seat Make sure the engine is off, the
When you return the seatback automatic transaxle is in P (Park)
to its upright position, hold the or the manual transaxle is in R
seatback and return it slowly. If (Reverse) or 1st, and the parking
the seatback is returned with- brake is securely applied when- *
out holding it, the back of the ever loading or unloading cargo.
seat could spring forward Failure to take these steps may *
resulting in injury caused by allow the vehicle to move if the
being struck by the seatback. shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
OPA039053
WARNING - Cargo The rear seat(s) is equipped with
Cargo should always be headrests in all the seating positions
secured to prevent it from being for the occupant's safety and com-
thrown about the vehicle in a fort.
collision and causing injury to The headrest not only provides com-
the vehicle occupants. Do not fort for passengers, but also helps
place objects in the rear seats, protect the head and neck in the
since they cannot be properly event of a collision.
secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.

3 13
Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down


WARNING - Headrest (Continued)
adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Severe injury to an occupant
may occur in the event of an
accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
• For maximum effectiveness in adjusted.
case of an accident, the head-
• Do not adjust the headrest
rest should be adjusted so the
height while the vehicle is in
middle of the headrest is at the
motion.
same height as the center of OPS033033
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravi- To raise the headrest :
ty of most people's head is 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
similar with the height of the
top of their eyes.
To lower the headrest :
Also adjust the headrest as
close to your head as possi- 1. Push and hold the release button
ble. For this reason, the use of (2) on the headrest support
a cushion that holds the body 2. Lower the headrest to the desired
away from the seatback is not position (3).
recommended.
(Continued)

3 14
Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and installation Armrest


WARNING
After installing the headrest,
make sure that it is installed in
the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely
could increase whiplash injury
during rear impact.

OPS033034 OPS033032

To remove the headrest : To use the armrest, pull it forward


from the seatback.
1. Raise it as far as it can go then
press the release button (1) while
pulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest :


1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

Make sure the headrest locks in


position after adjusting it to properly
protect the occupants.

3 15
Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING
• Never wear the shoulder belt Seat belts are designed to bear
WARNING under your arm or behind upon the bony structure of the
• For maximum restraint sys- your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low
tem protection, the seat belts positioned shoulder belt can across the front of the pelvis or
must always be used whenev- cause serious injuries in a the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
er the vehicle is moving. crash. The shoulder belt as applicable; wearing the lap
• Seat belts are most effective should be positioned midway section of the belt across the
when seatbacks are in the over your shoulder across abdominal area must be avoided.
upright position. your collarbone.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
• Children age 12 and under • Avoid wearing twisted seat firmly as possible, consistent
must always be properly belts. A twisted belt can't do with comfort, to provide the pro-
restrained in the rear seat. its job well. In a collision, it tection for which they have been
Never allow children to ride in could even cut into you. Be designed.
the front passenger seat. If a sure the belt webbing is
straight and not twisted. A slack belt will greatly reduce
child over 12 must be seated the protection afforded to the
in the front seat, he/she must • Be careful not to damage the wearer.
be properly belted and the belt webbing or hardware. If
seat should be moved as far the belt webbing or hardware Care should be taken to avoid
back as possible. is damaged, replace it. contamination of the webbing
with polishes, oils and chemicals,
(Continued) and particularly battery acid.
Cleaning may safely be carried
out using mild soap and water.
The belt should be replaced if
webbing becomes frayed, con-
taminated or damaged.
(Continued)

3 16
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)


(Continued) WARNING
It is essential to replace the • No modifications or additions
entire assembly after it has been should be made by the user
worn in a severe impact even if which will either prevent the
damage to the assembly is not seat belt adjusting devices
obvious. from operating to remove
Belts should not be worn with slack, or prevent the seat belt
straps twisted. Each belt assem- assembly from being adjusted
bly must only be used by one to remove slack.
occupant; it is dangerous to put • When you fasten the seat belt,
a belt around a child being car- be careful not to latch the seat
ried on the occupant's lap. belt in buckles of other seat. It's
very dangerous and you may 1GQA2083
not be protected by the seat The driver's seat belt warning light
belt properly. and chime will activate pursuant to
• Do not unfasten the seat belt the following table when the ignition
and do not fasten and unfasten switch is in "ON" position.
the seat belt repeatedly while
driving. This could result in
loss of control, and an accident
causing death, serious injury,
or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt
does not pass over objects that
are hard or can break easily.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle. The seat belt may
not be fastened securely.

3 17
Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system The seat belt automatically adjusts to
Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor the proper length only after the lap
Seat Belt Light-Blink belt portion is adjusted manually so
Speed Sound
Unbuckled 6 seconds
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
Buckled 6 seconds None
motion, the belt will extend and let
Below 5 km/h you move around. If there is a sud-
6 seconds None
(3 mph) den stop or impact, however, the belt
Buckled → 5 km/h~ will lock into position. It will also lock
6 seconds
Unbuckled 10 km/h if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(6 mph) (11 times)
✽ NOTICE
Above 10 km/h
If you are not able to pull out the
(6 mph) 6 seconds *1
B180A01NF-1
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
Unbuckled ↓ ↓ pull the belt out and release it. Then
Below 5 km/h Stop * 2 To fasten your seat belt: you will be able to pull the belt out
(3 mph) To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of smoothly.
the retractor and insert the metal tab
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with (1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's an audible "click" when the tab locks
seat belt is buckled, the light will stop into the buckle.
within 6 seconds and chime will stop
immediately.
*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.

3 18
Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat Release the button to lock the


anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.

WARNING
• Verify that the shoulder belt
anchor is locked into position
at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
OXM039026 B200A02NF
Improperly positioned seat
Height adjustment belts can cause serious
You can adjust the height of the shoul- injuries in an accident. WARNING
der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi- • Failure to replace seat belts You should place the lap belt
tions for maximum comfort and safety. after an accident could leave portion as low as possible and
The height of the adjusting seat belt you with damaged seat belts snugly across your hips, not on
should not be too close to your neck. that will not provide protec- your waist. If the lap belt is locat-
The shoulder portion should be tion in the event of another ed too high on your waist, it may
adjusted so that it lies across your collision leading to personal increase the chance of injury in
chest and midway over your shoulder injury or death. Replace your the event of a collision. Both
near the door and not your neck. seat belts after being in an arms should not be under or
To adjust the height of the seat belt accident as soon as possible. over the belt. Rather, one should
anchor, lower or raise the height be over and the other under, as
adjuster into an appropriate position. shown in the illustration.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up Never wear the seat belt under
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while the arm that is near the door.
pressing the height adjuster button (2).

3 19
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper


rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion CAUTION
combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually Do NOT fold down the left por-
To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips. tion of the rear seat back when
When the seat belt is fully extended the rear center seat belt is buck-
Combination retractor type seat belts led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
are installed in the rear seat posi- from the retractor to allow the instal-
lation of a child restraint system, the rear center seat belt before fold-
tions to help accommodate the ing down the left portion of the
installation of child restraint systems. seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend rear seat back. If the rear center
Although a combination retractor is seat belt is buckled when the
also installed in the front passenger (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint sys- left portion of the rear seat back
seat position, it is strongly recom- is folded down, distortion and
mended that children always be tem” in this section.
damage to the top portion of the
seated in the rear seat. NEVER seat back and seat belt garnish
place any infant restraint system in ✽ NOTICE may result, causing the seat
the front seat of the vehicle. back to lock into the folded
Although the combination retractor
This type of seat belt combines the provides the same level of protection down position.
features of both an emergency lock- for seated passengers in either emer-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto- gency or automatic locking modes,
matic locking retractor seat belt. To have the seated passengers use the
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the emergency locking feature for
retractor and insert the metal tab into improved convenience. The auto-
the buckle. There will be an audible matic locking function is intended to
"click" when the tab locks into the facilitate child restraint installation.
buckle. When not securing a child To convert from the automatic lock-
restraint, the seat belt operates in the ing feature to the emergency locking
same way as the driver's seat belt operation mode, allow the unbuck-
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). led seat belt to fully retract.

3 20
Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt

B210A01NF-1 OPS033015
To release the seat belt: OPS033017 Routing the seat belt webbing
The seat belt is released by pressing through the rear seat belt guides will
The rear seat belt buckles can be help keep the belts from being
the release button (1) on the locking stowed in the pocket between the
buckle. When it is released, the belt trapped behind or under the seats.
rear seatback and cushion when not
should automatically draw back into in use. After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the retractor. the belt webbing by pulling it up.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then CAUTION
try again. Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.

3 21
Safety features of your vehicle

3 Point rear center belt


WARNING - Rear center
seat belt
Do not separate mini tongue and
mini buckle even if there is not
an occupant.
If it is separated, It may hit the
rear seat occupants in a collision
or sudden stops.

ORP032074

ORP032073C 2.Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert


the tongue plate (B) into the open
To fasten the rear center belt end of the buckle (D) until an audi-
1.Insert the mini tongue (A) into the ble “click” is heard, indicating the
open end of the anchor connector latch is locked. Make sure the belt
(C) until an audible “click" is heard, is not twisted.
indicating the latch is locked. Make
sure the belt is not twisted. CAUTION
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the “CEN-
TER” mark must be used.

3 22
Safety features of your vehicle

There will be an audible “click” when To unfasten the rear center belt
the tab locks in the buckle. The seat
belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt is
adjusted manually so that it fits snug-
ly around your hips, if you lean for-
ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly. ORP032076K

ORP032075
When you fold the rear seatback
WARNING To retract the rear center seatbelt,
Press the release button on the
When using the rear seat center buckle (D) and remove the tongue insert the tongue plate or similar
belt, you must lock all tongue plate (B) from the buckle (D). small rigid device into the web
plates and buckles. If any release hole (C). Pull up on the seat
tongue plate or buckle is not belt web (A) and allow the webbing
locked, it will increase the to retract automatically.
chance of injury in the event of
collision.

3 23
Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner


The purpose of the retractor pre- WARNING
tensioner is to make sure that the • Do not put anything near the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against buckle. Placing objects near
the occupant's upper body in cer- the buckle may increase the
tain frontal collisions. risk of personal injury in the
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) event of a collision.
The purpose of the EFD is to • For your safety, be sure that
make sure that the pelvis belts fit the belt webbing is not loose
in tightly against the occupant's or twisted and always sit
lower body in certain frontal colli- properly on your seat.
sions.
OXMA033101

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's If the system senses excessive ten-
and front passenger's pre-tensioner sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). tem activates, the load limiter inside
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be the retractor pre-tensioner will release
activated, when a frontal collision is some of the pressure on the affected
severe enough, together with the air seat belt.
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occu-
pant's body.

3 24
Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas-
To obtain maximum benefit senger's seat belt pre-tensioner
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: system may be activated not only
1. The seat belt must be worn in certain frontal collision but also
correctly and adjusted to the in certain side collision or rollover,
proper position. Please read if the vehicle is equipped with a
and follow all of the important side or curtain air bag.
information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts
about your vehicle’s occupant are activated, a loud noise may be
safety features – including heard and fine dust, which may
OPS033036N/Q seat belts and air bags – that appear to be smoke, may be visible
The seat belt pre-tensioner system are provided in this manual. in the passenger compartment.
consists mainly of the following com- These are normal operating condi-
2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous.
ponents. Their locations are shown in gers always wear seat belts • Although it is harmless, the fine
the illustration: properly. dust may cause skin irritation and
1. SRS air bag warning light should not be breathed for pro-
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly longed periods. Wash all exposed
3. SRS control module skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-tension-
4. Emergency fastening device (EFD) er seat belts were activated.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.

3 25
Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING (Continued)


If the pre-tensioner seat belt • Pre-tensioners are designed • Improper handling of the pre-
system are not working proper- to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem-
ly, this warning light will illumi- activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the
nate even if there is no malfunc- belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify,
tion of the SRS air bag. If the seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or
SRS air bag warning light does always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat
not illuminate when the ignition have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to
switch is turned ON, or if it sion. improper operation or inad-
remains illuminated after illumi- vertent activation and serious
• The pre-tensioner seat belt injury.
nating for approximately 6 sec- assembly mechanisms become
onds, or if it illuminates while hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts
the vehicle is being driven, have touch the pre-tensioner seat when driving or riding in a
an authorized Kia dealer inspect belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle.
the pre-tensioner seat belt and utes after they have been acti- • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
SRS air bag system as soon as vated. seat belt must be discarded,
possible. contact an authorized Kia
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat dealer.
belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Do not strike the pre-tension-
er seat belt assemblies.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)

3 26
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE


Child and/or infant seats must be Small children are best protected
WARNING properly placed and installed in the from injury in an accident when
rear seat. For more information properly restrained in the rear seat
All occupants of the vehicle about the use of these restraints,
must wear their seat belts at all
by a child restraint system that
refer to “Child restraint system” in this meets the requirements of the safety
times. Seat belts and child section.
restraints reduce the risk of
standards of your country. Before
serious or fatal injuries for all
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certify-
occupants in the event of a col- WARNING ing that it meets safety standards of
lision or sudden stop. Without a Every person in your vehicle
seat belt, occupants could be
your country. The restraint must be
needs to be properly restrained appropriate for your child's height
shifted too close to a deploying at all times, including infants
air bag, strike the interior struc-
and weight. Check the label on the
and children. Never hold a child child restraint for this information.
ture or be thrown from the vehi- in your arms or lap when riding
cle. Properly worn seat belts
Refer to “Child restraint system” in
in a vehicle. The violent forces this chapter.
greatly reduce these hazards. created during a crash will tear
Even with advanced air bags, the child from your arms and
unbelted occupants can be throw the child against the inte-
severely injured by a deploying rior. Always use a child restraint
air bag. appropriate for your child's
Always follow the precautions height and weight.
about seat belts, air bags and
occupant seating contained in
this manual.

3 27
Safety features of your vehicle

Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women
Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear
restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors.
portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be
snugged on the hips and as low as worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
possible. Check if the belt fits period- WARNING - Shoulder POSSIBLE.
ically. A child's squirming could put belts on small children
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of • Do not allow small children to WARNING - Pregnant
an accident when they are restrained ride in the vehicle without an women
by a proper restraint system in the appropriate child restrain sys- Pregnant women must never
rear seat. If a larger child (over age tem. place the lap portion of the
12) must be seated in the front seat, • Never allow a shoulder belt to safety belt over the area of the
the child should be securely be in contact with a child’s abdomen where the fetus is
restrained by the available lap/shoul- neck or face while the vehicle located or above the abdomen
der belt and the seat should be is in motion. where the belt could crush the
placed in the rearmost position. • If seat belts are not properly fetus during an impact.
Children age 12 and under should be worn and adjusted on chil-
restrained securely in the rear seat. dren, there is a risk of death or
NEVER place a child age 12 and serious injury.
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.

3 28
Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person Do not lie down


A seat belt should be used when an To reduce the chance of injuries in WARNING
injured person is being transported. the event of an accident and to Riding with a reclined seatback
When this is necessary, you should achieve maximum effectiveness of increases your chance of seri-
consult a physician for recommenda- the restraint system, all passengers ous or fatal injuries in the event
tions. should be sitting up and the front and of a collision or sudden stop.
rear seats should be in an upright The protection of your restraint
position when the vehicle is moving. system (seat belts and air bags)
One person per belt A seat belt cannot provide proper is greatly reduced by reclining
Two people (including children) protection if the person is lying down your seat. Seat belts must be
should never attempt to use a single in the rear seat or if the front and rear secured against your hips and
seat belt. This could increase the seats are in a reclined position. chest to work properly. The
severity of injuries in case of an acci- more the seatback is reclined,
dent. the greater the chance an occu-
pant's hips will slide under the
lap belt causing serious internal
injuries. Also, the shoulder belt
may strike the occupant's neck.
Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.

3 29
Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection


Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected
disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of
tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should
that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible.
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
WARNING dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
When you return the rear seat- cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
back to its upright position after tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
the rear seatback has been fold- strong detergents or abrasives
ed down, be careful not to dam- should not be used because they
age the seat belt webbing or may damage and weaken the fabric.
buckle. Be sure that the web-
bing or buckle does not get When to replace seat belts
caught or pinched in the rear
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
seat. A seat belt with damaged
or assemblies should be replaced if
webbing or buckle could possi-
the vehicle has been involved in an
bly fail during a collision or sud-
accident. This should be done even if
den stop, resulting in serious
no damage is visible. Additional
injury. If the webbing or buckles
questions concerning seat belt oper-
are damaged, get them replaced
ation should be directed to an
immediately.
authorized Kia dealer.

3 30
Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM


Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in
(Continued)
sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not
be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint
the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot
den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle
According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the
dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat outside temperature does not
restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. feel hot. Be sure to check the
the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided seat cover and buckles before
a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing placing a child there.
the seat belts provided. the child restraint system. • When the child restraint sys-
You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in
requirements in your country. Child the cargo area or fasten it with
and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING a seat belt so that it will not be
properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must thrown forward in case of a
rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. sudden stop or an accident.
cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant • Children may be seriously
that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's injured or killed by an inflating
Safety Standards of your country. seat. Should an accident air bag. All children, even
Child restraint systems are designed occur and cause the passen- those too large for child
to be secured in vehicle seats by seat ger-side air bag to deploy, it restraints, must ride in the
belt, or by a tether anchor and/or could severely injure or kill an rear seat.
LATCH anchors (if equipped). infant or child seated in an
infant or child seat. Thus only
use a child restraint in the
rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)

3 31
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)


To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over your- • Never allow a child to stand-up
or fatal injuries: self and a child. During a crash, or kneel on the seat or floor of
the belt could press deep into a moving vehicle. During a col-
• Children of all ages are safer the child causing serious inter- lision or sudden stop, the child
when restrained in the rear nal injuries. can be violently thrown against
seat. A child riding in the the vehicle’s interior, resulting
front passenger seat can be • Never leave children unattend-
ed in a vehicle – not even for a in serious injury.
forcefully struck by an inflat-
short time.The vehicle can heat • Never use an infant carrier or a
ing air bag resulting in seri- child safety seat that "hooks"
ous or fatal injuries. up very quickly, resulting in
serious injuries to children over a seatback, it may not pro-
• Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- vide adequate security in an
restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause accident.
er’s instructions for installa- the vehicle to move, entangle • Seat belts can become very
tion and use of the child themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the vehi-
restraint. lock themselves or others cle is parked in direct sunlight.
• Always make sure the child inside the vehicle. Always check the seat belt
seat is secured properly in the • Never allow two children, or any buckles before fastening them
vehicle and your child is two persons, to use the same over a child.
securely restrained in the seat belt. • After an accident, have an
child seat. authorized Kia dealer check
• Children often squirm and
• Never hold a child in your reposition themselves improp- the child restraint system, seat
arms or lap when riding in a erly. Never let a child ride with belt, tether anchor and lower
vehicle. The violent forces cre- the shoulder belt under their anchor.
ated during a crash will tear arm or behind their back. • If there is not enough space to
the child from your arms and Always properly position and place the child restraint system
throw the child against the secure children in the rear seat. because of the driver's seat,
vehicle’s interior. install the child restraint sys-
(Continued)
(Continued) tem in the rear right seat.

3 32
Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend


Rearward-facing child restraint system
that the child restraint system be WARNING - Child seat
used in the rear seats. installation
• A child can be seriously
WARNING injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint is not
Never place a rear-facing child properly anchored to the vehi-
restraint in the front passenger cle and the child is not prop-
seat, because of the danger an erly restrained in the child
inflating passenger-side air bag restraint. Before installing the
could impact the rear-facing child restraint system, read
child restraint and kill the child. the instructions supplied by
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system the child restraint system
Since all passenger seat belts move manufacturer.
freely under normal conditions and • If the seat belt does not oper-
only lock under extreme or emer- ate as described in this sec-
gency conditions (emergency lock tion, have the system checked
mode), you must manually change immediately by your author-
these seat belts to the auto lock ized Kia dealer.
mode to secure a child restraint.
• Failure to observe this manu-
al's instructions regarding
child restraint systems and
OUN026150
the instructions provided with
For small children and babies, the the child restraint system
use of a child seat or infant seat is could increase the chance
required. The child seat or infant seat and/or severity of injury in an
should be of appropriate size for the accident.
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.

3 33
Safety features of your vehicle

Placing a passenger seat belt


into the auto lock mode

OEN036101 OEN036102
To install a child restraint system on 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
E2MS103005 the outboard or center rear seats, do seat belt all the way out. When the
the following: shoulder portion of the seat belt is
The auto lock mode will help prevent fully extended, it will shift the
the normal movement of the child in 1. Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoul- retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child
the vehicle from causing the seat belt restraint) mode.
to loosen and compromise the child der belt around or through the
restraint system. To secure a child restraint, following the restraint
restraint system, use the following manufacturer’s instructions. Be
procedure. sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.

3 34
Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the child restraint, press


the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.

WARNING - Auto lock


mode
The lap/shoulder belt automati-
cally returns to the “emergency
OEN036103 OEN036104 lock mode” whenever the belt is
allowed to retract fully.Therefore,
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the the preceding seven steps must
of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down be followed each time a child
for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while restraint is installed.
ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into
retractor is in the “Auto Lock” the retractor. If the retractor is not in the
mode. If no distinct sound is Automatic Locking mode, the
6. Push and pull on the child restraint child restraint can move when
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. system to confirm that the seat your vehicle turns or stops sud-
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it denly. A child can be seriously
is not, release the seat belt and injured or killed if the child
repeat steps 2 through 6. restraint is not properly anchored
7. Double check that the retractor is to the vehicle, including setting
in the “Auto Lock” mode by the retractor to the Automatic
attempting to pull more of the seat Locking mode.
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.

3 35
Safety features of your vehicle

When the seat belt is allowed to Securing a child restraint seat


retract to its fully stowed position, with tether anchor system
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Auto Lock” mode
to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.

OXM039034N
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
OPS033019 over the seatback.
Child restraint hook holders are For vehicles with adjustable head-
located on the back of the rear seat- rests, route the tether strap under
backs. the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
This symbol indicates the the tether strap over the top of the
position of the tether anchor. seatback.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.

3 36
Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with


WARNING WARNING - Child child seat lower anchor system
A child can be seriously injured restraint check
or killed in a collision if the Check that the child restraint
child restraint is not properly system is secure by pushing
anchored to the vehicle and the and pulling it in different direc-
child is not properly restrained tions. Incorrectly fitted child
in the child restraint. Always fol- restraints may swing, twist, tip
low the child seat manufactur- or separate causing death or
er’s instructions for installation serious injury.
and use.

WARNING - Child
WARNING - Tether strap restraint anchorage OXM039035
Never mount more than one • Child restraint anchorages Some child seat manufacturers
child restraint to a single tether are designed to withstand make child restraint seats that are
or to a single lower anchorage only those loads imposed by labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-
point. The increased load correctly fitted child restraints. patible child restraint seats. LATCH
caused by multiple seats may Under no circumstances are stands for "Lower Anchors and
cause the tethers or anchorage they to be used for adult seat Tethers for Children". These seats
points to break, causing serious belts or harnesses or for include two rigid or webbing mount-
injury or death. attaching other items or equip- ed attachments that connect to two
ment to the vehicle. LATCH anchors at specific seating
• The tether strap may not work positions in your vehicle. This type of
properly if attached some- child restraint seat eliminates the
where other than the correct need to use seat belts to attach the
tether anchor. child seat in the rear seats.

3 37
Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
WARNING WARNING
• When using the vehicle's Install the child restraint seat
"LATCH" system to install a fully rearward against the seat-
child restraint system in the back with the seatback reclined
rear seat, all unused vehicle two positions from the most
rear seat belt metal latch upright latched position.
plates or tabs must be latched
securely in their seat belt
buckles and the seat belt web-
Lower Anchor
bing must be retracted behind
OXM039060N the child restraint to prevent
Child restraint symbols are located the child from reaching and
on the left and right 2nd row seat taking hold of unretracted
backs to indicate the position of the seat belts. Unlatched metal
lower anchors for child restraints. latch plates or tabs may allow
the child to reach the unre-
tracted seat belts which may
result in strangulation and a
serious injury or death to the
child in the child restraint.
• Do not place anything around
the lower anchors. Also make
sure that the seat belt is not
caught in the lower anchors.

3 38
Safety features of your vehicle

Once you have installed the LATCH


child restraint, assure that the seat is WARNING
properly attached to the LATCH and If the child restraint is not
tether anchors. anchored properly, the risk of a
Also, test the child restraint seat child being seriously injured or
before you place the child in it. Tilt killed in a collision greatly
the seat from side to side. Also try to increases.
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
WARNING - LATCH lower
OXM039036N
CAUTION anchors
Do not allow the rear seat belt LATCH lower anchors are only
LATCH anchors have been provided webbing to get scratched or to be used with the left and right
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors pinched by the child-seat latch rear outboard seating positions.
are located in the left and right out- and LATCH anchor during the Never attempt to attach a
board rear seating positions. Their installation. LATCH equipped seat in the
locations are shown in the illustra-
center seating position. You
tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-
may damage the anchors or the
vided for the center rear seating
anchors may fail and break in a
position.
collision.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.

3 39
Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag

WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts
provided in order to minimize
the risk and severity of injury in
the event of a collision or
rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAM032026

3 40
Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection,
operate inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly.
• Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is
inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short
ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag
or START position. between the occupant and the
It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu-
• The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This
instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk
frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening
order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary
from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design.
• There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also
the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include
Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, cur- facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
inflate based upon the severity of a tain air bags will remain inflated ken bones because the inflation
collision and its direction. These longer to help provide protection speed also causes the air bags to
two factors determine whether the from ejection, especially when expand with a great deal of force.
sensors produce an electronic used in conjunction with the seat • There are even circumstances
deployment/ inflation signal. belts. under which contact with the
• Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air
number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries,
speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is
density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to
cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger
hits in the collision. The determin- air bag.
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.

3 41
Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke


WARNING When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING
• To avoid severe personal loud noise and leave smoke and When the air bags deploy, the
injury or death caused by powder in the air inside the vehicle. air bag related parts in the
deploying air bags in a colli- This is normal and is a result of the steering wheel and/or instru-
sion, the driver should sit as ignition of the air bag inflator. After ment panel and/or in both sides
far back from the steering the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- of the roof rails above the front
wheel air bag as possible (at stantial discomfort in breathing due and rear doors are very hot. To
least 250 mm (10 inches) to the contact of your chest with both prevent injury, do not touch the
away). The front passengers the seat belt and the air bag, as well air bag storage area’s internal
should always move their as from breathing the smoke and components immediately after
seats as far back as possible powder. Open your doors and/or an air bag has inflated.
and sit back in their seat. windows as soon as possible after
• Air bags inflate instantly in the impact in order to reduce discom-
event of a collision, and pas- fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sengers may be injured by the sure to the smoke and powder.
air bag expansion force if they Though smoke and powder are non-
are not in a proper position. toxic, it may cause irritation to the
• Air bag inflation may cause skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
injuries including facial or this is the case, wash and rinse with
bodily abrasions, injuries cold water immediately and consult a
from broken glasses or burns. doctor if the symptom persists.

3 42
Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light


the front passenger’s seat. WARNING
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
• Never put a child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat. If
the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause seri-
ous or fatal injuries.
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats of W7-147
1JBH3051 vehicle equipped with side
and/or curtain air bags, be The purpose of air bag warning light
Never place a rear-facing child sure to install the child in your instrument panel is to alert
restraint in the front passenger’s restraint system as far away you of a potential problem with your
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would from the door side as possible, air bag system, which could include
impact the rear-facing child restraint, and securely lock the child your side and/or curtain air bags
causing serious or fatal injury. restraint system in position. used for rollover protection.
In addition, do not place front-facing Inflation of side and/or curtain
child restraints in the front passen- air bags could cause serious
ger’s seat either. If the front passen- injury or death to an infant or
ger air bag inflates, it could cause child.
serious or fatal injuries to the child.

3 43
Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”


indicator (Front passenger’s seat
, , only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
14. Side pressure impact sensor
W7-147
, ,
OPS033035N/Q The SRSCM continually monitors all If the air bag warning light illuminat-
SRS components while the ignition ed for more than, 6 seconds after the
The SRS consists of the following switch is ON to determine if a crash ignition is turned on, or of it illumi-
components: impact is severe enough to require nates during vehicle operation, an
1. Driver's front air bag module air bag deployment or pre-tensioner SRS component may not be func-
2. Passenger's front air bag module seat belt deployment. tioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
3. Side air bag modules ized Kia dealer.
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors

3 44
Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2)
WARNING
If any of the following condi-
tions occurs, this indicates a
malfunction in the air bag sys-
tem. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag sys-
tem as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the igni-
tion ON.
B240B01L B240B02L
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
seconds. ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
• The light comes on while the wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the
vehicle is in motion. panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full
• The light blinks when the igni- impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags.
tion switch is in ON position. will automatically deploy the front air
bags.

3 45
Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag


(Continued)
• When installing a container of
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near
the instrument cluster nor on
the instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous
projectile and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.

B240B03L B240B05L
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING
slows the driver's or the passenger's • Do not install or place any
forward motion, reducing the risk of accessories (drink holder,
head and chest injury. cassette holder, sticker, etc.)
on the front passenger's
After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a
immediately starts deflating, enabling vehicle with a passenger's air
the driver to maintain forward visibility bag. Such objects may become
and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles and
other controls. cause injury if the passenger's
air bag inflates.
(Continued)

3 46
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Occupant Detection System


WARNING (ODS)
• If an air bag deploys, there • The SRS can function only
may be a loud noise followed when the ignition switch is in
by a fine dust released in the the ON position. If the SRS air
vehicle. These conditions are bag warning light does not
normal and are not hazardous illuminate, or continuously
- the air bags are packed in this remains on after illuminating
fine powder. The dust generat- for about 6 seconds when the
ed during air bag deployment ignition switch is turned to the
may cause skin or eye irrita- ON position, or after the
tion as well as aggravate asth- engine is started, comes on
ma for some persons. Always while driving, the SRS is not
wash all exposed skin areas working properly. If this
thoroughly with lukewarm occurs, have your vehicle OPS033020
water and a mild soap after an immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Your vehicle is equipped with an
accident in which the air bags occupant detection system in the
were deployed. • Before you replace a fuse or front passenger's seat.
(Continued) disconnect a battery terminal,
turn the ignition switch to the The occupant detection system is
LOCK position and remove the designed to detect the presence of a
ignition switch. Never remove properly-seated front passenger and
or replace the air bag related determine if the passenger's front air
fuse(s) when the ignition bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
switch is in the ON position.
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Failure to observe this warning
Detection System.
will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
WARNING
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag indicator.

3 47
Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- • The ODS (Occupant Detection
pant detection system pied by a person that the system System) may not function properly if
• A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, the passenger takes actions which
the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting can defeat the detection system.
upright with the seatback in an These include:
• An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the
mines whether the passenger air (1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their (2) Leaning against the door or cen-
or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER ter console.
• A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off (3) Sitting towards the sides or the
instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will front of the seat.
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
“OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. resting them on other locations
ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR which reduce the passenger
• The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center weight on the front seat.
ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (5) Improperly wearing the safety
occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table belt.
and activates or deactivates the front (6) Reclining the seat back.
passenger air bag based on these
conditions. (7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
Always be sure that you and all vehi-
cle occupants are seated and (8) Put on the seat an additional thick
restrained properly (sitting upright cushion.
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably extend-
ed, feet on the floor, and wearing the
safety belt properly) for the most
effective protection by the air bag and
the safety belt.

3 48
Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection


system WARNING
Indicator/Warning light Devices Riding in an improper position
Condition detected by the or placing weight on the front
occupant detection "PASSENGER AIR
Front passenger passenger's seat when it is
system BAG OFF" indicator SRS warning light
air bag unoccupied by a passenger
light
adversely affects the Occupant
1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated Detection System (ODS). Your
2. Child restraint system*2 On Off Deactivated ODS is designed to resist elec-
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated tronic waves, but do not place an
electronic device (ex. laptop
4. There is a malfunction
Off On Activated computer, after market DMB/nav-
in the system igation/satellite audio, video
game machine, MP3, etc.) on or
*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the near the seat cushion since it
air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, may defeat the proper function-
thus allowing the air bag to deploy. To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride ing of the ODS or turn on the air
in the front passenger seat. bag warning light.
*2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

3 49
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665


- Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board.
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664


- Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.

3 50
Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE


indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
WARNING - “AIR BAG turned to the ON position or after
OFF” light the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occu-
Do not allow an adult passenger
pant detection sensor will then clas-
to ride in the front seat when the
sify the front passenger after several
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
more seconds.
indicator is illuminated, because
the air bag will not deploy in the
B990A01O
event of a crash. The driver WARNING
When an adult is seated in the front must instruct the passenger to Do not put a heavy load or an
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER reposition himself in the seat. active electronic device (ex. lap-
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn Failure to properly position top computer, after market
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- yourself may lead to air bag DMB/navigation/satellite audio,
tion and ask the passenger to sit deactivation resulting in air bag video game machine, MP3, etc.)
properly (sitting upright with the seat non-deployment and in a colli- in the front passenger seatback
back in an upright position, centered sion. If the PASSENGER AIR pocket or on the front passenger
on the seat cushion with their seat BAG “OFF” indicator remains seat. Do not hang onto the front
belt on, legs comfortably extended illuminated after the passenger passenger seat. Do not hang any
and their feet on the floor). Restart repositions themselves properly items such as seatback table on
the engine and have the person and the car is restarted, it is rec- the front passenger seatback.
remain in that position. This will allow ommended that passenger Do not place feet on the front
the system to detect the person and move to the rear seat because passenger seatback. Do not
to enable the passenger air bag. the passenger's front air bag place any items under the front
will not deploy. passenger seat. Any of these
could interfere with proper sen-
sor operation or turn on the air
bag warning light.

3 51
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)


• Even though your vehicle is • If the front passenger seat is • Accident statistics show that
equipped with the occupant occupied by a child who is not children are safer if they are
detection system, never install a in a CRS, the "PASSENGER restrained in the rear, as
child restraint system in the AIR BAG OFF" indicator may opposed to the front seat. It is
front passenger's seat. A or may not be on and the pas- recommended that child
deploying air bag can forcefully senger air bag may or may not restraints be secured in a rear
strike a child resulting in seri- deploy in a collision. Have the seat, including an infant riding
ous injuries or death. Any child child move to a rear seat to in a rear-facing infant seat, a
age 12 and under should ride in increase their safety. child riding in a forward-facing
the rear seat. Children too large • Do not modify or replace the child seat and an older child
for child restraints should use front passenger seat. Don't riding in a booster seat.
the available lap/shoulder belts. place anything on or attach • Air bags can only be used
No matter what type of crash, anything such as a blanket or once – have an authorized Kia
children of all ages are safer seat heater to the front pas- dealer replace the air bag
when restrained in the rear seat. senger seat. This can adverse- immediately after deployment.
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ly affect the occupant detec- • The occupant detection sys-
“OFF” indicator is illuminated tion system. tem may not work properly if
when the front passenger's seat • Do not place sharp objects on water, coffee or any other liq-
is occupied by an adult and the front passenger seat. uid including rain gets on the
he/she sits properly (sitting These may damage the occu- seat. Keep the front seat dry
upright with the seatback in an pant detection system, if they at all times.
upright position, centered on puncture the seat cushion. (Continued)
the seat cushion with their seat • Do not use accessory seat
belt on, legs comfortably covers on the front seats.
extended and their feet on the (Continued)
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
(Continued)

3 52
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Driver's and passenger's front


WARNING air bag
• Do not place an electronic If the occupant detection sys-
device (ex. laptop computer, tem is not working properly, the
Driver’s front air bag
after market DMB/navigation/ SRS air bag warning light on
satellite audio, video game the instrument panel will illumi-
machine, MP3, etc.) on the nate because the passenger's
front passenger seat. Its elec- front air bag is connected with
tronic field may cause the ODS the occupant detection system.
to switch to the "on" condition If there is a malfunction of the
and thus turn on the air bag occupant detection system, the
warning light or allow the pas- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
senger air bag to deploy need- indicator will not illuminate and
lessly in a collision, increasing the passenger's front air bag
OPS033021
your repair costs. Passenger’s front air bag
will inflate in frontal impact
crashes even if there is no occu-
pant in the front passenger's
seat. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, remains illumi-
nated after approximately 6 sec-
onds when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, or if it OPS033022
illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, have an author- Your vehicle is equipped with an
ized Kia dealer inspect the occu- Advanced Supplemental Restraint
pant detection system and the (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
SRS air bag system as soon as belts at both the driver and passen-
possible. ger seating position.

3 53
Safety features of your vehicle

The indication of the system's pres- These sensors provide the ability to
ence are the letters "AIR BAG" WARNING control the SRS deployment based on
embossed on the air bag pad cover If the occupant detection sys- whether or not the seat belts are fas-
on the steering wheel and the pas- tem is not working properly, the tened, and how severe the impact is.
senger's side front panel pad above SRS air bag warning light on
the glove box. the instrument panel will illumi- The advanced SRS offers the ability
nate because the SRS air bag to control the air bag inflation with
The SRS consists of air bags warning light is connected with two levels. A first stage level is pro-
installed under the pad covers in the the occupant detection system. vided for moderate-severity impacts.
center of the steering wheel and the If the SRS air bag warning light A second stage level is provided for
passenger's side front panel above does not illuminate when the more severe impacts.
the glove box. ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, remains illuminat-
The purpose of the SRS is to provide ed after approximately 6 sec- The passenger’s front air bag is
the vehicle's driver and/or the front onds when the ignition switch designed to help reduce the injury of
passenger with additional protection is turned to the ON position, or children sitting close to the instru-
than that offered by the seat belt sys- if it illuminates while the vehicle ment panel in low speed collisions.
tem alone in case of a frontal impact is being driven, have an author- However, children are safer if they
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses ized Kia dealer inspect the are restrained in the rear seat.
sensors to gather information about advanced SRS air bag system
the driver's and front passenger's as soon as possible.
seat belt usage and impact severity. According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
The seat belt buckle sensors deter- Control Module) controls the air bag
mine if the driver and front passen- inflation. Failure to properly wear
ger's seat belts are fastened. seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.

3 54
Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped


WARNING (Continued)
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occu- Manufacturers are required by Specifically, the front passenger
pant detection system detects the government regulations to pro- seat, dashboard or door should
presence of a passenger in the front vide a contact point concerning not be replaced except by an
passenger's seat and will turn off the modifications to the vehicle for authorized Kia dealer using
front passenger's air bag under cer- persons with disabilities, which original Kia parts designed for
tain conditions. For more detail, see modifications may affect the this vehicle and model. Any
"Occupant detection system" in this vehicle’s advanced air bag sys- other such replacement or mod-
section. tem. However, Kia does not ification could adversely affect
endorse nor will it support any the operation of the occupant
changes to any part or structure detection system and your
WARNING advanced air bags. For the
of the vehicle that could affect
• Modification to the seat struc- the advanced air bag system, same reason, do not attach any-
ture can cause the air bag to including the occupant detec- thing to the seat, dashboard or
deploy at a different level than tion system. door, even temporarily. If the
should be provided. system is adversely affected, it
(Continued) could cause severe personal
• Do not place any objects
underneath the front seats as injuries or death in a collision.
they could damage and/or
interfere with the occupant
detection system.

3 55
Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued)
• Be sure to read information about WARNING
Always use seat belts and child • Front and side air bags can
the SRS on the labels provided on injure occupants improperly
the sunvisor. restraints – every trip, every
time, everyone! Air bags inflate positioned in the front seats.
• Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to with considerable force and in • Move your seat as far back as
help provide enhanced occupant the blink of an eye. Seat belts practical from the front air
protection in frontal crashes. Front help keep occupants in proper bags, while still maintaining
air bags are not intended to deploy position to obtain maximum control of the vehicle.
in collisions in which sufficient benefit from the air bag. Even • You and your passengers
protection can be provided by the with advanced air bags, improp- should never sit or lean
pre-tensioner seat belt. erly and unbelted occupants unnecessarily close to the air
can be severely injured when bags. Improperly positioned
the air bag inflates. Always fol- drivers and passengers can
low the precautions about seat be severely injured by inflat-
belts, air bags and occupant ing air bags.
safety contained in this manual. • Never lean against the door or
To reduce the chance of serious center console – always sit in
or fatal injuries and receive the an upright position.
maximum safety benefit from • Do not allow a passenger to
your restraint system: ride in the front seat when the
• Never place a child in any PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
child or booster seat in the indicator is illuminated,
front seat. because the air bag will not
• ABC – Always Buckle deploy in the event of a mod-
Children in the 2nd Row seat. erate or severe frontal crash.
It is the safest place for chil- (Continued)
dren of any age to ride.
(Continued)

3 56
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)


• No objects should be placed • If the SRS air bag warning • Front air bags are not intend-
over or near the air bag mod- light remains illuminated ed to deploy in side-impact,
ules on the steering wheel, while the vehicle is being driv- rear-impact or rollover crash-
instrument panel or the front en, have an authorized Kia es. In addition, front air bags
passenger's panel above the dealer inspect the air bag sys- will not deploy in frontal
glove box, because any such tem as soon as possible. crashes below the deploy-
object could cause harm if the • Air bags can only be used ment threshold.
vehicle is in a crash severe once – have an authorized Kia (Continued)
enough to cause the air bags dealer replace the air bag
to deploy. immediately after deployment.
• Never place covers, blankets • The SRS is designed to
or aftermarket seat warmers deploy the front air bags only
on the passenger seat as when an impact is sufficiently
these may interfere with the severe and when the impact
occupant detection system. angle is less than 30° from the
• Do not tamper with or discon- forward longitudinal axis of
nect SRS wiring or other com- the vehicle. Additionally, the
ponents of the SRS system. air bags will only deploy once.
Doing so could result in injury, Seat belts must be worn at all
due to accidental deployment times.
of the air bags or by rendering (Continued)
the SRS inoperative.
(Continued)

3 57
Safety features of your vehicle

Rear impact
(Continued) (Continued)
• Even though your vehicle is • For maximum safety protection
equipped with the occupant in all types of crashes, all occu-
detection system, do not pants including the driver
install a child restraint system should always wear their seat
in the front passenger seat belts whether or not an air bag
position. A child restraint sys- is also provided at their seating
tem must never be placed in position to minimize the risk of
OEP036096N
Side impact
the front seat. The infant or severe injury or death in the
child could be severely event of a crash. Do not sit or
injured or killed by an air bag lean unnecessarily close to the
deployment in case of an acci- air bag while the vehicle is in
dent. motion.
• Children age 12 and under • Sitting improperly or out of
must always be properly position can result in serious
restrained in the rear seat. or fatal injury in a crash. All
Never allow children to ride in occupants should sit upright
OVQ036018N the front passenger seat. If a with the seat back in an upright
Rollover
child over 12 must be seated position, centered on the seat
in the front seat, he or she cushion with their seat belt on,
must be properly belted and legs comfortably extended and
the seat should be moved as their feet on the floor until the
far back as possible. vehicle is parked and the igni-
(Continued) tion key is removed or the
engine is shut off.
(Continued)
1VQA2091

3 58
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Side air bag • The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
• The SRS air bag system must collisions, depending on the crash
deploy very rapidly to provide severity, angle, speed and point of
protection in a crash. If an impact.
occupant is out of position • The side and/or curtain air bags do
because of not wearing a seat not only deploy on the side of the
belt, the air bag may forcefully impact but also on the opposite
contact the occupant causing side.
serious or fatal injuries.
• The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
OPS033023 if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.

WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
OPS033037
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-
the window, or place objects
fer from the illustration.
between the doors and passen-
Your vehicle is equipped with a side gers when they are seated on
air bag in each front seat. The pur- seats equipped with side and/or
pose of the air bag is to provide the curtain air bags.
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
3 59
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Curtain air bag


WARNING
• The side air bag is supple- • Do not install any accessories
mental to the driver's and the on the side or near the side air
passenger's seat belt systems bag.
and is not a substitute for • Do not place any objects over
them. Therefore your seat the air bag or between the air
belts must be worn at all times bag and yourself.
while the vehicle is in opera- • Do not place any objects (an
tion. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
• For best protection from the front door and the front seat.
side air bag system and to Such objects may become dan- OPS033024
avoid being injured by the gerous projectiles and cause
deploying side air bag, both injury if the supplemental side
front seat occupants should air bag inflates.
sit in an upright position with • To prevent unexpected deploy-
the seat belt properly fas- ment of the side air bag that
tened. The driver's hands may result in personal injury,
should be placed on the steer- avoid impact to the side impact
ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 sensor when the ignition
positions. The passenger's switch is on.
arms and hands should be • If seat or seat cover is dam-
placed on their laps. aged, have the vehicle checked OPS033038

• Do not use any accessory and repaired by an authorized ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-
seat covers. Kia dealer. Inform the dealer fer from the illustration.
• Use of seat covers could that your vehicle is equipped Curtain air bags are located along
reduce or prevent the effec- with side air bags and an occu- both sides of the roof rails above the
tiveness of the system. pant detection system. front and rear doors.
(Continued)

3 60
Safety features of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect


WARNING (Continued)
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from eject- • In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a air bags to provide the best to lean their heads or bodies
rollover, especially when the seat- protection, front seat occu- against the doors, put their
belts are also in use. pants and outboard rear occu- arms on the doors, stretch
pants should sit in an upright their arms out of the window
• The curtain air bags are designed
position with the seat belts or place objects between the
to deploy during certain side
properly fastened. doors and passengers when
impact collisions, depending on the
they are seated on seats
crash severity, angle, speed and Importantly, children should equipped with side impact
point of impact. sit in a proper child restraint and/or curtain air bags.
• The side and/or curtain air bags system in the rear seat.
• Never try to open or repair any
do not only deploy on the side of • When children are seated in components of the side and
the impact but also on the opposite the rear outboard seats, they curtain air bag system. This
side. must be seated in the proper should only be done by an
• Also, the curtain air bags on both child restraint system. Make authorized Kia dealer.
sides of the vehicle will deploy in sure to position the child
restraint system as far away Failure to follow the above men-
certain rollover situations.
from the door side as possi- tioned instructions can result in
• The curtain air bags are not injury or death to the vehicle
designed to deploy in all side ble, and secure the child
restraint system in a locked occupants in an accident.
impact or rollover situations.
position.
(Continued)

3 61
Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors


collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.

1 2 3 4

OPS033025N/OPS033026/OPS033027/OPS033028/OPS033029

(1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor (3) Side impact sensor


(2) Front impact sensor (4) Side pressure sensor

3 62
Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions


WARNING (Continued)
• Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen-
to impact the locations where sor installation angles are
air bags or sensors are changed due to the deforma-
installed. tion of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front
This may cause unexpected doors and/or B pillar where
air bag deployment, which side collision sensors are
could result in serious per- installed. Have the vehicle
sonal injury or death. checked and repaired by an
• If the installation location or authorized Kia dealer.
angle of the sensors is altered • Installing bumper guards (or
in any way, the air bags may side step or running board) or 1VQA2084
deploy when they should not replacing a bumper (or front
or they may not deploy when Front air bags
door module) with non-gen-
they should, causing severe uine parts may adversely Front air bags are designed to inflate
injury or death. affect your vehicle’s collision in a frontal collision depending on
Therefore, do not try to per- and air bag deployment per- the intensity, speed or angles of
form maintenance on or formance. impact of the front collision.
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
(Continued)

3 63
Safety features of your vehicle

Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved
detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
Although the front air bags (driver’s carefully on unimproved roads or on
and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle
designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag
sions, they also may inflate in other deployment.
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. side
OVQ036018N
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions. They may inflate in other type
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors. Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, incluid-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
OPS033039
being towed. Even where side and/or
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- curtain air bags would not provide
fer from the illustration. impact protection in a rollover, how-
Side air/or curtain air bags ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec-
Side air bags (side and/or curtain air tion of occupants, especially those
bags) are designed to inflate when an who are restrained with seat belts.
impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the strength,
speed or angles of impact resulting
from a side impact collision.
3 64
Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUN036087 OVQ036018N

1VQA2086 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
• In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.

3 65
Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091


• In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in
impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents because front
a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- airbag deployment would not pro-
would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- vide additional occupant protection.
additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance.
sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this
bags. "under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.

3 66
Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
WARNING
free and so there are no parts you can • Modification to SRS compo-
safely service by yourself. If the SRS nents or wiring, including the
air bag warning light does not illumi- addition of any kind of badges
nate, or continuously remains on, to the pad covers or modifica-
have your vehicle immediately tions to the body structure,
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. can adversely affect SRS per-
formance and lead to possible
injury.
Any work on the SRS system, such
• For cleaning the air bag pad
as removing, installing, repairing, or
1VQA2092 covers, use only a soft, dry
any work on the steering wheel, the
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- cloth or one which has been
front passenger’s panel, front seats
cle collides with objects such as moistened with plain water.
and roof rails must be performed by
utility poles or trees, where the Solvents or cleaners could
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
point of impact is concentrated to adversely affect the air bag
handling of the SRS system may
one area and the full force of the covers and proper deploy-
result in serious personal injury.
impact is not delivered to the sen- ment of the system.
sors. • No objects should be placed
over or near the air bag mod-
ules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box, because any such
object could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe
enough to cause the air bags to
inflate.
(Continued)

3 67
Safety features of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place


(Continued) hard or sharp objects between
• If the air bags inflate, they • Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a folded- themselves and the air bags.
must be replaced by an Carrying hard or sharp objects on
authorized Kia dealer. down back seat. All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their your lap or in your mouth can result
• Do not tamper with or discon- seats with their seat belts on and in injuries if an air bag inflates.
nect SRS wiring, or other their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the
components of the SRS sys- air bag covers. All occupants
tem. Doing so could result in • Passengers should not move
out of or change seats while the should sit upright, fully back in their
injury, due to accidental infla- seats with their seat belts on and
tion of the air bags or by ren- vehicle is moving. A passenger
who is not wearing a seat belt dur- their feet on the floor. If occupants
dering the SRS inoperative. are too close to the air bag covers,
ing a crash or emergency stop can
• If components of the air bag be thrown against the inside of the they could be injured if the air bags
system must be discarded, or vehicle, against other occupants, inflate.
if the vehicle must be or out of the vehicle. • Do not attach or place objects
scrapped, certain safety pre- on or near the air bag covers.
cautions must be observed. • Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more Any object attached to or placed
An authorized Kia dealer on the front or side air bag covers
knows these precautions and than one person uses the same
seat belt, they could be seriously could interfere with the proper
can give you the necessary operation of the air bags.
information. Failure to follow injured or killed in a collision.
• Do not use any accessories on • Do not modify the front seats.
these precautions and proce- Modification of the front seats
dures could increase the risk seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or repo- could interfere with the operation of
of personal injury. the supplemental restraint system
• If your vehicle was flooded sition the seat belt can reduce the
protection provided by the seat belt sensing components or side air
and has soaked carpeting or bags.
water on flooring, you should- and increase the chance of serious
n't try to start the engine; injury in a crash.
have the vehicle towed to an
authorized Kia dealer.

3 68
Safety features of your vehicle

• Do not place items under the Adding equipment to or modi-


front seats. Placing items under WARNING fying your air bag-equipped
the front seats could interfere with • Sitting improperly or out of vehicle
the operation of the supplemental position can cause occupants
restraint system sensing compo- If you modify your vehicle by changing
to be shifted too close to a your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
nents and wiring harnesses. deploying air bag, strike the front end or side sheet metal or ride
• Never hold an infant or child on interior structure or be thrown height, this may affect the operation of
your lap. The infant or child could from the vehicle resulting in your vehicle's air bag system.
be seriously injured or killed in the serious injury or death.
event of a crash. All infants and • Always sit upright with the
children should be properly seatback in an upright posi-
restrained in appropriate child tion, centered on the seat
safety seats or seat belts in the cushion with your seat belt
rear seat. on, legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor.
• Always have the ignition OFF
when the vehicle is being
towed or where it may other-
wise be tilted, since the side
and/or curtain air bags may
inflate if the sensors interpret
those tilt angles as a potential
rollover.
• Be careful not to cause impact
to the doors when the ignition
is ON.The air bags may inflate.

3 69
Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning label

OAM039041

OPS033030

Air bag warning labels, some


required by the Canada Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),
are attached to the sunvisor to alert
the driver and passengers of poten-
tial risks of the air bag system.

3 70
Features of your vehicle

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26


• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 • Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 • Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 • Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 • Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 • Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 4
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Tilting the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 • Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-19 Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-20 • Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 • FLEX steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 • Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 • Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 • Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 • High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 • Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 • Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Wipers and Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 • Windshield wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 • Rear window wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
• Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 • Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
• User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 • Windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 • Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
4 • Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
• Warning Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • Interior lamp auto cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 • Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
• Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 • Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 • Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 • Portable lamp usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 • Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 • Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Rear camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
• Headlamp escort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Checking the amount of • Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
air conditioner refrigerant and • Seat air ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112 • Rear seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113 • Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-114 • Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115 • Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122 • Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 • Cargo area cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• Checking the amount of Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
air conditioner refrigerant and • Mounting bracket for roof carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 4
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-125 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 • Audio remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126 • Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 • Advanced lighting speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Features of your vehicle

KEY
Record your key number Key operations • To unfold the key, press the release
The key code num- button (1) then the key will unfold
■ Type A
ber is stamped on automatically. To fold the key, fold
the key code tag the key manually while pressing
attached to the key the release button (1).
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will CAUTION
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove Do not fold the key without
the key code tag and store it in a safe pressing the release button.
place. Also, record the key code This may damage the key.
number and keep it in a safe and OED036001A
handy place, but not in the vehicle. ■ Type B
WARNING
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,
the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will contin-
ue to operate causing damage
to the starter motor and possi-
OXMA043331 ble fire due to excessive current
• Used to start the engine. in the wiring.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.

4 4
Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2)


WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2).
(smart key) 2. The driver's door will unlock. The
Leaving children unattended in hazard warning lights will blink two
a vehicle with the Ignition key times.
(smart key) is dangerous even if
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
the key is not in the ignition
within 4 seconds and all doors and
switch or start button is ACC or
tailgate will unlock. The hazard
ON position. Children copy
warning lights will blink two times.
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The ✽ NOTICE
Ignition key (smart key) would You can activate or deactivate the
OXMA043317
enable children to operate Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
power windows or other con- 1. Close all doors, engine hood and "User settings" in this chapter.
trols, or even make the vehicle tailgate.
move, which could result in 2. Press the lock button(1).
serious bodily injury or even
3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The
death. Never leave the keys in
hazard warning lights will blink
your vehicle with unsupervised
once.
children, when the engine is
running. 4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.

4 5
Features of your vehicle

Tailgate unlock (3) Transmitter precautions (Continued)


The tailgate is unlocked if the button ✽ NOTICE • If the transmitter is in close prox-
is pressed for more than 1 second. imity to your mobile phone, the
The transmitter will not work if any signal could be blocked by your
Also, once the tailgate is opened and of following occur: mobile phones normal operational
then closed, the tailgate will be • The ignition key is in the ignition signals. This is especially impor-
locked automatically. switch. tant when the phone is active such
• You exceed the operating distance as making and receiving calls, text
Panic (4) limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). messaging, and/or sending/receiv-
• The battery in the transmitter is ing emails. Avoid placing the
The horn sounds and hazard warn- weak.
ing lights flash for about 30 seconds transmitter and your mobile
• Other vehicles or objects may be phone in the same pants or jacket
if this button is pressed for more than blocking the signal.
1 second. To stop the horn and lights, pocket and always try to maintain
• The weather is extremely cold. an adequate distance between the
press any button except the trunk • The transmitter is close to a radio
button on the transmitter. two devices.
transmitter such as a radio substa-
tion or an airport which can inter-
fere with normal operation of the CAUTION
transmitter. Keep the transmitter away from
When the transmitter does not work water or any liquid. If the key-
correctly, open and close the door less entry system is inoperative
with the ignition key. If you have a due to exposure to water or liq-
problem with the transmitter, contact uids, it will not be covered by
an authorized Kia dealer. your manufacturer’s vehicle
(Continued) warranty.

4 6
Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an


authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter
reprogramming. damage
• The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the
you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit-
ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight.
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact IC WARNING
an authorized Kia dealer.
This device complies with
• Using the wrong battery can cause Industry Canada licence-
the transmitter to malfunction. Be exempt RSS standard(s).
OYDDCO2005
sure to use the correct battery.
Operation is subject to the fol-
• To avoid damaging the transmitter, lowing two conditions: (1) this
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
battery which will normally last for device may not cause interfer-
to heat or sunlight. ence, and (2) this device must
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately disposed accept any interference, includ-
dure. battery can be harmful to the ing interference that may cause
environment and may cause undesired operation of the
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
human health. Dispose the device.
gently pry open the transmitter
battery according to your
center cover.
local law(s) or regulation.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned battery.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.

4 7
Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE


Your vehicle is equipped with an tem: When starting the engine, do not use
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys
to reduce the risk of unauthorized tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may
vehicle use. vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it
Your immobilizer system is com- ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in
prised of a small transponder in the engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction.
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle. To deactivate the immobilizer CAUTION
With the immobilizer system, when- system: Do not put metal accessories
ever you insert your ignition key into Insert the ignition key into the key near the ignition switch.
the ignition switch and turn it to ON, cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt
it checks and determines and verifies the transponder signal and may
if the ignition key is valid. prevent the engine from being
If the key is determined to be valid, WARNING started.
the engine will start. In order to prevent theft of your
If the key is determined to be invalid, vehicle, do not leave spare keys
the engine will not start. anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE
Immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose
should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized
not leave this number anywhere Kia dealer.
in your vehicle.

4 8
Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Limp home (override) proce-


CAUTION Canada Standard RSS-210. dure
The transponder in your ignition Operation is subject to the following When you turn the ignition switch to
key is an important part of the two conditions: the ON position, if the immobilizer
immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm- indicator ( ) goes off after blink-
designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and ing 5 times, your transponder
ble-free service, however you equipped in the ignition key is out of
should avoid exposure to mois- 2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter- order. You cannot start the engine
ture, static electricity and rough without the limp home procedure. To
handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired
operation. start the engine, you have to input
malfunction could occur. your password by using the ignition
switch. Your password is only avail-
CAUTION able from an authorized Kia dealer-
CAUTION Changes or modifications not ship. Contact an authorized dealer
Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party for more information.
the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance The following procedure is how to
it could cause the immobilizer could void the user’s authority input your password of “2345” as an
system to malfunction and to operate the equipment. If the example.
should only be serviced by an keyless entry system is inopera- 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
authorized Kia dealer. tive due to changes or modifica- position. The immobilizer indicator
Malfunctions caused by improp- tions not approved by the party ( ) will blink 5 times and go off
er alterations, adjustments or responsible for compliance, it indicating the beginning of the limp
modifications to the immobilizer will not be covered by your man- home procedure.
system are not covered by your ufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
vehicle manufacturer warranty. position.

4 9
Features of your vehicle

3. To enter the first digit (in this


example “2”), turn the ignition
switch to the ON and ACC position
twice. Perform the same proce-
dure for the next digits between 3
seconds and 10 seconds (for
example, for “3”, turn the ignition
ON and ACC 3 times).
4. If all of the digits have been input
successfully, you have to start the
engine within 30 seconds. If you
attempt to start the engine after 30
seconds, the engine will not start
and you will have to input your
password again.
After performing the limp home pro-
cedure, you have to see an author-
ized Kia dealer immediately to
inspect and repair your ignition key
or immobilizer system.

4 10
Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or
The key code num- unlock a door (and Tailgate) and start
ber is stamped on the engine.
the key code tag Refer to the following for more
attached to the key details.
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will WARNING - Smart key
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove Leaving children unattended in
the key code tag and store it in a safe a vehicle with the smart key is
place. Also, record the key code dangerous. Unattended children
number and keep it in a safe and mimic adults and they could
handy place, but not in the vehicle. press the engine start/stop but-
OXMA043316 ton which would enable children
To remove the mechanical key, press to operate power windows or
and hold the release button(1) and other controls, or even make the
remove the mechanical key (2). vehicle move, which could
result in serious bodily injury or
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
even death. Never leave the keys
the key into the hole and push it until
in your vehicle with unsuper-
a click sound is heard.
vised children.

4 11
Features of your vehicle

Door Lock ✽ NOTICE


• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1m
(28~40 in. ) from the outside door
handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
occur:
OXMA043316/Q
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is Using the button on the smart key
in ACC or ON position. 1 Close all doors, engine hood and
OPS043010
- Any door except the tailgate is tailgate.
Using the door handle button open. 2. Press the lock button(1).
1. Carry the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
2. Close all doors, engine hood and and the chime will sound once.
tailgate.
4. Make sure that doors are locked
3. Press the button of the outside by pulling the outside door handle.
door handle.
4. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked
by pulling the outside door handle.

4 12
Features of your vehicle

Unlocking ✽ NOTICE Using the button on the smart key


Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the
1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 0.7~1m smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's (28~40 in. ) from the outside door 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
outside door handle. handle. hazard warning lights will blink and
• When the smart key is recognized the chime will sound two times.
3. The driver’s door will unlock. The in the area of 0.7~1m (28~40 in.)
hazard warning lights will blink and 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
from the front outside door han- within 4 seconds and all doors and
the chime will sound two times. dle, other people can also open the the tailgate will unlock. The hazard
4. Press the button twice within 4 doors. warning lights will blink and the
seconds and all doors and the tail- • After unlocking the driver’s door chime will sound two times.
gate will unlock and the hazard or all doors, the door(s) will lock
warning lights will blink and the automatically unless the door is
chime will sound two times. opened. ✽ NOTICE
After pressing the button, the doors
❈ If you press the button of the front will lock automatically unless any
passenger’s outside door handle door is opened within 30 seconds.
while carrying the smart key, all
doors will unlock. ✽ NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
"User settings" in this chapter.

4 13
Features of your vehicle

Tailgate unlocking Panic Loss of the smart key


Using the tailgate handle button 1. Press the panic button(4) for more A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
1. Carry the smart key. than 1 second. registered to a single vehicle.
2. Press the tailgate handle button. 2. The horn sounds and hazard If you happen to lose your smart key,
3. When all doors are locked, the warning light flash for about 30 you will not be able to start the
hazard warning lights will blink two seconds. engine. You should immediately take
times. the vehicle and remaining key to your
Once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi-
cle, if necessary) to protect it from
automatically. To stop the horn and lights, press potential theft.
any button on the smart key.
✽ NOTICE
Start-up
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1m You can start the engine without
(28~40in.) from the tailgate handle. inserting the key. For detailed infor-
mation refer to the “Engine start/stop
Using the button on the smart key button” in chapter 5.
1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3)
for more than 1 second.
2. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.

4 14
Features of your vehicle

Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi- Smart key immobilizer system
• The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart Your vehicle is equipped with an
of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart electronic engine immobilizer system
key could be blocked by normal to reduce the risk of unauthorized
- The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or
transmitter such as a radio sta- vehicle use.
smart phone. This is especially
tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active Your immobilizer system is com-
fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving prised of a small transponder in the
smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- smart key and electronic devices
- The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing inside the vehicle.
two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone With the immobilizer system, when-
lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants ever you turn the engine start/stop
- Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade- button to the ON position by pressing
being operated close to your quate distance between the two the button while carrying the smart
vehicle. devices. key, it checks and determines and
verifies if the smart key is valid or not.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door CAUTION If the key is determined to be valid,
with the mechanical key and contact Keep the smart key away from the engine will start.
an authorized Kia dealer. water or any liquid. If the key- If the key is determined to be invalid,
less entry system is inoperative the engine will not start.
due to exposure to water or
other liquids, it will not be cov-
ered by your manufacturer’s
vehicle warranty.

4 15
Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE


system: CAUTION
When starting the engine, do not use
Turn the engine start/stop button to the key with other immobilizer keys The transponder in your smart
the ON position by pressing the but- around. Otherwise the engine may key is an important part of the
ton while carrying the smart key. not start or may stop soon after it immobilizer system. It is
starts. Keep each key separate in designed to give years of trou-
order to avoid a starting malfunction. ble-free service, however you
To activate the immobilizer system: should avoid exposure to mois-
Turn the engine start/stop button to ture, static electricity and rough
the OFF position. The immobilizer CAUTION handling. Immobilizer system
system activates automatically. Do not put metal accessories malfunction could occur.
Without a valid smart key for your near the smart key.
vehicle, the engine will not start.
The engine may not start
because the metal accessories CAUTION
CAUTION may interrupt the transponder Do not change, alter or adjust
In order to prevent theft of your signal from transmitting normally. the immobilizer system because
vehicle, do not leave spare keys it could cause the immobilizer
anywhere in your vehicle. Your system to malfunction and
Immobilizer password is a cus- ✽ NOTICE should only be serviced by an
tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose authorized Kia dealer.
should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized Malfunctions caused by improp-
not leave this number anywhere Kia dealer. er alterations, adjustments or
in your vehicle. modifications to the immobilizer
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.

4 16
Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse
Canada Standard RSS-210. order of removal.
Operation is subject to the following • The smart key is designed to give
two conditions: you years of trouble-free use, how-
1. This device may not cause harm- ever it can malfunction if exposed
ful interference, and to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
2. This device must accept any inter- replace the battery, contact an
ference received, including inter- authorized Kia dealer.
ference that may cause undesired
operation. • Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
WARNING OPS043002 • To avoid damaging the smart key,
Changes or modifications not don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight.
expressly approved by the party several years, but if the smart key is
responsible for compliance not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis-
could void the user’s authority the battery with a new one. If you are posed battery can be harm-
to operate the equipment. If the unsure how to use your smart key or ful to the environment and
keyless entry system is inoper- replace the battery, contact an human health. Dispose the
ative due to changes or modifi- authorized Kia dealer. battery according to your
cations not expressly approved local law(s) or regulation.
by the party responsible for 1. Remove the mechanical key.
compliance, it will not be cov- 2. Pry open the rear cover.
ered by your manufacturer’s 3. Replace the battery with a new
vehicle warranty. battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.

4 17
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Smart key


damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the smart key to heat or sun-
light, or it will be damaged.

IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-
exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.

4 18
Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS
.Operating door locks from • From the driver's door ✽ NOTICE
outside the vehicle - turn the key to the left once to • In cold and wet climates, door lock
■ Type A ■ Type B unlock the door and once more and door mechanisms may not
within 4 seconds to unlock all work properly due to freezing con-
doors. (for normal key). ditions.
Lock - turn the key to the left once to • If the door is locked/unlocked
Lock
unlock the driver's door. (for fold- multiple times in rapid succession
Unlock ing key, smart key. with either the vehicle key or door
Unlock
• Doors can also be locked and lock switch, the system may stop
unlocked with the transmitter. operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
• Once the doors are unlocked, they damage to system components.
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
OPS043011 • When closing the door, push the
• Turn the key clockwise to lock and door by hand. Make sure the doors WARNING
counterclockwise to unlock. are closed securely. • If you don’t close the door
• If you lock the driver's door with a securely, the door may open
key again.
- all vehicle doors will lock auto- • Be careful that someone’s
matically. (for normal key) body and hands are not
trapped when closing the door.
- only the driver's door will lock. (for
folding key, smart key)

4 19
Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • To open a door, pull the door han-
inside the vehicle dle (3) outward.
With the door lock button • If the inner door handle of the dri-
ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open. (if
equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
Lock
and any front door is opened.
OPS043012 Unlock
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2) to
OPS043013
the “Lock” position and close the
door (3). • To unlock a door, push the door
• If you lock the door with the central lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
door lock switch (2), all vehicle tion. The red mark (2) on the button
doors will lock automatically. will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
✽ NOTICE button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
Always remove the ignition key, mark (2) on the door lock button
engage the parking brake, close all will not be visible.
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.

4 20
Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • When pressing the rear portion (2)
WARNING - Door lock Driver’s door
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
malfunction unlock.
If a power door lock ever fails to • If the key is in the ignition switch
function while you are in the and any front door is opened, the
vehicle, try one or more of the doors will not lock even though the
following techniques to exit: front portion (1) of the central door
• Operate the door unlock fea- lock switch is pressed.
ture repeatedly (both electron-
ic and manual) while simulta-
neously pulling on the door
handle. OPS043014
Passenger’s door
• Operate the other door locks
and handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use
the key to unlock the door
from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and
open the tailgate.

OPS043015

Operate by pressing the central door


lock switch.
• When pressing the front portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.

4 21
Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock


WARNING - Doors WARNING - Unlocked system
• The doors should always be vehicles
In the event of air bag deployment
fully closed and locked while Leaving your vehicle unlocked resulting from a vehicle impact, all
the vehicle is in motion to pre- can invite theft or possible harm doors will automatically unlock.
vent accidental opening of the to you or others from someone
door. Locked doors will also hiding in your vehicle while you Auto door lock/unlock feature
discourage potential intruders are gone. Always remove the (if equipped)
when the vehicle stops or ignition key, engage the parking
slows down. brake, close all windows and • All doors will automatically lock
• Be careful when opening lock all doors when leaving when the transaxle shift lever is
doors and watch for vehicles, your vehicle unattended. shifted out of P(Park).
motorcycles, bicycles or • All doors will automatically unlock
pedestrians approaching the when the transaxle shift lever is
vehicle in the path of the door. WARNING - Unattended shifted into P (Park).
Opening a door when some- children
thing is approaching can
cause damage or injury. An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
dren or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Furthermore,
children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter
other harm, possibly from some-
one gaining entry to the vehicle.
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.

4 22
Features of your vehicle

Speed sensing door lock sys- Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door.
tem (if equipped) To open the rear door, pull the out-
All doors will be automatically locked side door handle.
after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 Even though the doors may be
km/h (9.3 mph). And all doors will be unlocked, the rear door will not open
automatically unlocked when you by pulling the inner door handle (1)
turn the engine off or when you until the rear door child safety lock is
remove the ignition key. unlocked.

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Rear door


You can select some auto door locks
lock/unlock features in “User If children accidentally open the
OPS043016
Settings” as follows; rear doors while the vehicle is
• Speed sensing auto door lock The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out of
• Auto door unlock when the igni- help prevent children from acciden- the vehicle, resulting in severe
tion key is removed from the igni- tally opening the rear doors from injury or death. To prevent chil-
tion switch or engine is turned off. inside the vehicle. The rear door dren from opening the rear
• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting safety locks should be used whenev- doors from the inside, the rear
the shift lever out of P(Park) or er children are in the vehicle. door safety locks should be
into P(Park). 1. Open the rear door. used whenever children are in
For more information, refer to 2. Push the child safety lock located the vehicle.
“User Settings” in this chapter. on the rear edge of the door to the
lock ( ) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open even when
the inner door handle is pulled.

4 23
Features of your vehicle

TAILGATE
Opening the tailgate ✽ NOTICE Closing the tailgate
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.

WARNING
The tailgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the tailgate.

OPS043017 OPS043018
CAUTION
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked Make certain that you close the To close the tailgate, lower and push
when all doors are locked or tailgate before driving your down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
unlocked with the key, transmitter vehicle. Possible damage may that the tailgate is securely latched.
(or smart key) or central door lock occur to the tailgate lift cylin-
switch. ders and attached hardware if
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be the tailgate is not closed prior to WARNING
opened by pressing the handle driving. Make sure your hands, feet and
switch and then pulling the handle other parts of your body are
up. safely out of the way before
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the closing the tailgate.
tailgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate is locked auto-
matically.

4 24
Features of your vehicle

Emergency tailgate safety


WARNING - Exhaust release WARNING
fumes • For emergencies, be fully
If you drive with the tailgate aware of the location of the
open, you may draw dangerous emergency tailgate safety
exhaust fumes into your vehicle release lever in the vehicle
which can cause serious injury and how to open the tailgate if
or death to vehicle occupants. you are accidentally locked in
If you must drive with the tail- the cargo area.
gate opened, keep the air vents • No one should be allowed to
and all windows open so that occupy the cargo area of the
additional outside air comes vehicle at any time. The cargo
into the vehicle. area is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
OPS043019
• Use the release lever for
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergencies only. Use with
WARNING - Rear cargo emergency tailgate safety release
area extreme caution, especially
lever located on the bottom of the while the vehicle is in motion.
Occupants should never ride in tailgate. When someone is inadver-
the rear cargo area where no tently locked in the cargo area, the
restraints are available. To avoid tailgate can be opened by pushing
injury in the event of an acci- the release lever and pushing open
dent or sudden stops, occu- the tailgate.
pants should always be proper-
ly restrained.

4 25
Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down
(7) Power window lock switch

✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.

OPS043020

4 26
Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing


The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows
position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if
Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially
switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may
dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or
lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
ation of the rear passenger windows. mal occurrence and can be reduced
The power windows can be operated or eliminated by taking the follow-
for approximately 30 seconds after ing actions. If the noise occurs with
the ignition key is removed or turned one or both of the rear windows
to the ACC or LOCK position. down, partially lower both front
However, if the front doors are windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the OPS043021
opened, the power windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 sec- sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power
ond period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).

4 27
Features of your vehicle

Auto down window (if equipped) Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(if equipped) position.
2. Close the driver’s window and
continue pulling up the driver’s
power window switch for at least 1
second after the window is com-
pletely closed.

OPS043203
Pressing the power window switch OPS043022
momentarily to the second detent Pressing or pulling up the power win-
position (6) completely lowers the dow switch momentarily to the sec-
driver’s window even when the ond detent position (6) completely
switch is released. To stop the win- lowers or raises the window even
dow at the desired position while the when the switch is released. To stop
window is in operation, momentarily the window at the desired position
pull up the switch to the opposite while the window is in operation, pull
direction of the window movement. up or press down and release the
switch.
If the power window does not oper-
ate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as fol-
lows:

4 28
Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is


pulled up continuously again within 5 WARNING
seconds after the window is lowered Always check for obstructions
by the automatic window reversal before raising any window to
feature, the automatic window rever- avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
sal will not operate. If an object less than 0.16 in. (4
mm) in diameter is caught
✽ NOTICE between the window glass and
The automatic reverse feature for the upper window channel, the
the driver’s window is only active automatic reverse window may
when the “auto up” feature is used not detect the resistance and will
OUN026013 by fully pulling up the switch. The not stop and reverse direction.
Automatic reversal automatic reverse feature will not
If the upward movement of the win- operate if the window is raised using
dow is blocked by an object or part of the halfway position on the power
the body, the window will detect the window switch.
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).

4 29
Features of your vehicle

Power window lock button • When the power window lock


switch is pressed : CAUTION
- The driver's master control can • To prevent possible damage
operate all the power windows. to the power window system,
- The front passenger's control can do not open or close two win-
operate the front passenger's dows or more at the same
power window. time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
- The rear passenger's control can-
not operate the rear passenger's • Never try to operate the main
power window. switch on the driver's door
and the individual door win-
dow switch in the opposite
directions at the same time. If
OPS043023
this is done, the window will
• The driver can disable the power stop and cannot be opened or
window switches on the passenger closed.
doors by pressing the power win-
dow lock button located on the dri-
ver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).

4 30
Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Windows (Continued)


• Never leave the keys in your • Do not allow children to play
vehicle with unsupervised with the power windows. Keep
children, when the engine is the driver’s door power win-
running. dow lock button in the LOCK
position (pressed). Serious
• NEVER leave any child unat- injury can result from uninten-
tended in the vehicle. Even tional window operation by
very young children may inad- the child.
vertently cause the vehicle to
move, entangle themselves in • Do not extend heads or any
the windows, or otherwise limbs outside the window
injure themselves or others. while the vehicle is in motion.
• Always double check to make
sure all arms, hands, head
and other obstructions are
safely out of the way before
closing a window.
(Continued)

4 31
Features of your vehicle

HOOD
Opening the hood Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine com-
partment must be correctly
installed.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.

WARNING
OPS043025
• Before closing the hood,
OPS043024 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise ensure that all obstructions
the hood slightly, pull the second- are removed from the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood
the hood. The hood should pop opening. Closing the hood
center and lift the hood (2). with an obstruction present in
open slightly.
3. Raise the hood. It will completely the hood opening may result
rise by itself after it has been in property damage or severe
WARNING raised about halfway. personal injury.
Open the hood after turning off • Do not leave gloves, rags or
the engine on a flat surface, any other combustible materi-
shifting the shift lever to the P al in the engine compartment.
(Park) position for automatic Doing so may cause a heat-
transaxle and to the 1st (First) induced fire.
gear or R (Reverse) for manual
transaxle, and setting the park-
ing brake.

4 32
Features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing total
loss of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will
be blocked and the hood ODMNMC2034
could fall or get damaged.
When you check the engine
compartment, Take caution to
avoid contacting your head with
the safety hook which is located
inside of the hood.

4 33
Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID


Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.

✽ NOTICE
There may be an intermittent noise
OPS043027 near the refueling hole while the
OPS043026 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal-
The fuel filler lid must be opened ly with the OBD system.
from inside the vehicle by pulling up fuel filler lid opener button.
the fuel filler lid opener. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
When refueling fully at an up hill,
because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position.
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move
on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position.
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.

4 34
Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Refueling (Continued)


• If pressurized fuel sprays out, dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle
it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refuel-
skin and subject you to the materials. When refueling, please ing since you can generate
risk of fire and burns. Always note the following guidelines static electricity by touching,
remove the fuel cap carefully carefully. Failure to follow these rubbing or sliding against any
and slowly. If the cap is vent- guidelines may result in severe item or fabric (polyester, satin,
ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- personal injury, severe burns or nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
ing sound, wait until the con- death by fire or explosion. ing static electricity. Static
dition stops before complete- electricity discharge can
• Read and follow all warnings ignite fuel vapors resulting in
ly removing the cap. posted at the gas station facil- rapid burning. If you must re-
• Do not "top off" after the noz- ity. enter the vehicle, you should
zle automatically shuts off • Before refueling, note the once again eliminate poten-
when refueling. location of the Emergency tially dangerous static elec-
• Tighten the cap until it clicks Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, tricity discharge by touching a
once, otherwise the fuel cap at the gas station facility. metal part of the vehicle, away
open warning indicator • Before touching the fuel noz- from the fuel filler neck, noz-
light will illuminate zle, you should eliminate zle or other gasoline source.
• Always check that the fuel cap potentially dangerous static (Continued)
is installed securely to pre- electricity discharge by touch-
vent fuel spillage in the event ing another metal part of the
of an accident. vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
(Continued)

4 35
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION


• When using an approved • When refueling, always shut • Make sure to refuel your vehi-
portable fuel container, be the engine off. Sparks pro- cle according to the “Fuel
sure to place the container on duced by electrical compo- requirements” suggested in
the ground prior to refueling. nents related to the engine chapter 1.
Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing
from the container can ignite a fire. Once refueling is com- • If the fuel filler cap requires
fuel vapors causing a fire. plete, check to make sure the replacement, use only a gen-
Once refueling has begun, filler cap and filler door are uine Kia cap or the equivalent
contact with the vehicle securely closed, before start- specified for your vehicle. An
should be maintained until the ing the engine. incorrect fuel filler cap can
filling is complete. result in a serious malfunction
• DO NOT use matches or a of the fuel system or emission
Use only approved portable lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or control system.
plastic fuel containers leave a lit cigarette in your
designed to carry and store vehicle while at a gas station • Do not spill fuel on the exterior
gasoline. especially during refueling. surfaces of the vehicle. Any
Automotive fuel is highly type of fuel spilled on painted
• Do not use cellular phones surfaces may damage the paint.
while refueling. Electric cur- flammable and can, when
rent and/or electronic interfer- ignited, result in fire. • After refueling, make sure the
ence from cellular phones can • If a fire breaks out during refu- fuel cap is installed securely
potentially ignite fuel vapors eling, leave the vicinity of the to prevent fuel spillage in the
causing a fire. vehicle, and immediately con- event of an accident.
(Continued) tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department or 911.
Follow any safety instructions
they provide.

4 36
Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)


✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, the sun- WARNING
roof may not work properly due to • Never adjust the sunroof or
freezing conditions. sunshade while driving. This
• After a vehicle is washed or in a could result in loss of control
rainstorm be sure to wipe off any and an accident that may
water that is on the sunroof before cause death, serious injury, or
operating it. property damage.
• If you would like to carry items
on the roof rack using a cross
CAUTION bar, do not operate the sunroof.
OPS043028 Do not continue to pull or push
• When carrying cargo on the
If your vehicle is equipped with a the sunroof glass control lever
roof rack, do not load heavy
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your after the sunroof is fully
items above the sunroof or
sunroof with the sunroof glass con- opened, closed, or tilted.
glass roof.
trol lever located on the overhead Damage to the motor or system
components could occur. • All occupants of the vehicle
console (1). must wear their seat belts at
all times. Seat belts and child
The sunroof can only be opened, ✽ NOTICE restraints reduce serious or
closed, or tilted when the ignition fatal injuries for all occupants
switch is in the ON position. The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in in the event of a collision or
the slide position but can be slid sudden stop.
while in a tilt position.

4 37
Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened
(if equipped) If you pull the sunroof glass control
lever backward, the sunroof glass will
slide all the way open. To stop the
sunroof glass movement at any point,
pull or push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.

To close the sunroof glass pull (or


push) the sunroof glass control lever
downward (or forward).
• Type A
OPS043029
When you push the sunroof glass
OPS043120 control lever forward or pull it
When the sunshade is closed
If the driver removes the ignition key If you pull the sunroof control lever downward, the sunshade will be
(smart key: turns off the engine) backward, both the sunshade and closed halfway and glass will be
when the sunroof is not fully closed, sunroof glass will slide all the way closed at the same time. And then
the warning chime will sound for a open. To stop the sunroof movement sunshade will be fully closed final-
few seconds and a message will at any point, pull or push the sunroof ly.
appear on the LCD display or warn- control glass lever momentarily. • Type B
ing indicator will illuminate. When you push the sunroof glass
Close the sunroof securely when control lever forward or pull it
leaving your vehicle. downward while the sunshade
opened, the glass will be closed.

4 38
Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof To tilt down (or close) the sunroof
- Push the sunroof glass control
lever forward or pull it downward
• Type A
When you push the sunroof glass
control lever forward or pull it
downward while the sunshade
opened, the sunshade will be
closed halfway and then glass will
be tilt down and then sunshade will
be fully closed finally.
• Type B
OXM049029 OPS043030
When you push the sunroof glass
If an object or part of the body is Before opening or closing the sun- control lever forward or pull it
detected while the sunroof is closing roof, open the sunshade (refer to the downward while the sunshade
automatically, it will reverse the direc- following page for instructions on opened, the glass will be tilt down.
tion, and then stop. how to use the sunshade).
The auto reverse function does not To tilt up the sunroof
work if a tiny obstacle is between the - Push the sunroof glass control
sliding glass and the sunroof sash. lever upward.
You should always check that all pas-
sengers and objects are away from ❈ When you push the sunroof glass
the sunroof before closing it. control lever upward while the
sunshade closed, the sunshade
will be opened halfway and then
glass will be tilt up.

4 39
Features of your vehicle

Sunshade
WARNING - Sunroof CAUTION
• Be careful that no head, hands • Periodically remove any dirt
and body parts are obstructed that may accumulate on the
by a closing sunroof. guide rail.
• Do not extend the face, neck, • If you try to open the sunroof
arms or body outside the sun- when the temperature is
roof while driving. below freezing or when the
• Make sure your hands and sunroof is covered with snow
head are safely out of the way or ice, the glass or the motor
before closing a sunroof. could be damaged.
• A panoramic sunroof is made • Do not leave the sunshade
of glass, therefore it may closed while the sunroof is OPS043031
break in an accident. If you do opened.
To open the sunshade
not have your seat belt on,
you may contact the broken Press the sunshade open button (1).
glass and get injured or killed. To stop the sliding at any point, press
For all passengers safety, the sunshade control switch momen-
have the seat belts on. (ex. tarily.
seat belt, CRS, etc.)

4 40
Features of your vehicle

To close the sunshade when the ✽ NOTICE Resetting the sunroof


sunroof glass is closed Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-
- Press the sunshade close button (2). material characteristic are normal. connected or discharged, you must
❈ When you press the sunshade reset your sunroof system as follows:
close button(2) with the sunroof CAUTION
glass opened 1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
• Do not pull or push the sun- position.
• Type A shade by hand as such action
The sunshade will be closed may damage the sunshade or 2.Close the sunshade and sunroof
halfway. cause it to malfunction. completely if opened.
• Type B • Close the sunroof when driv- 3.Release the sunroof control lever.
The sunshade will be closed ing in dusty environments. 4.Push the sunroof control lever for-
halfway, then sunroof glass will be Dust may cause a malfunction ward in the direction of close (about
closed and then sunshade will be of the vehicle system. 10 seconds) until the sunroof moves
fully closed finally. a little. Then, release the lever.
- Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or pull it down.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.

4 41
Features of your vehicle

5.Push the sunroof control lever for-


ward in the direction of close, until
the sunroof operates as follows
again:

The sunshade and sunroof glass


slide open → The sunroof glass
slide close → The sunshade close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof


system has been reset.

✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.

4 42
Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
The power steering uses a motor to The following symptoms may occur
assist you in steering the vehicle. If • If the Electric Power Steering during normal vehicle operation:
the engine is off or if the power steer- System does not operate nor- • The EPS warning light does not
ing system becomes inoperative, the mally, the warning light will illuminate.
vehicle may still be steered, but it will illuminate on the instrument • The steering gets heavy immedi-
require increased steering effort. cluster. The steering wheel ately after turning the ignition
may require increased steer- switch on. This happens as the sys-
The motor driven power steering is ing effort. Take your vehicle to
controlled by a power steering con- tem performs the EPS system
an authorized Kia dealer and diagnostics. When the diagnostics
trol unit which senses the steering have the vehicle checked as
wheel torque and vehicle speed to are completed, the steering wheel
soon as possible. will return to its normal condition.
command the motor.
• When you operate the steering • A click noise may be heard from
The steering becomes heavier as wheel in low temperature, the EPS relay after the ignition
the vehicle’s speed increases and noise may occur. If temperature switch is turned to the ON or
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s rises, the noise will likely disap- LOCK (OFF) position.
speed decreases for optimum steer- pear.This is a normal condition. • A motor noise may be heard when
ing control. the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
• When the vehicle is stationary,
Should you notice any change in the when the steering wheel is driving speed.
effort required to steer during normal turned all the way to the left or • If the Electric Power Steering
vehicle operation, have the power right continuously, the steer- System does not operate normally,
steering checked by an authorized ing wheel becomes harder to the warning light will illuminate on
Kia dealer. turn. The power assist is limit- the instrument cluster. The steer-
ed to protect the motor from ing wheel may become difficult to
overheating. control or operate abnormally.
As time passes, the steering Take your vehicle to an authorized
wheel return to its normal Kia dealer and have the vehicle
condition. checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)

4 43
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering


• When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows
wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel
mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive. You can also raise it
ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when
appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle.
• When the charging system warn-
ing light comes on due to the low
voltage (When the alternator or The steering wheel should be posi-
battery) does not operate normal- tioned so that it is comfortable for
ly or it malfunctions), the steering you to drive, while permitting you to
wheel may require increased see the instrument panel warning
OPS043032
steering effort. lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
WARNING adjust the steering wheel to the
• Never adjust the angle of the desired angle (2) and height (3, if
steering wheel while driving. equipped) then pull up the lock-
You may lose steering control release lever to lock (4) the steering
and cause severe personal wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
injury, death or accidents. steering wheel to the desired posi-
tion before driving.
• After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked
in position.

4 44
Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel ✽ NOTICE Horn


(if equipped) The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.

CAUTION
• Do not install any grip to oper-
ate the steering wheel. This
causes damage to the heated
steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated OPS043034
OPS043033 steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint To sound the horn, press the horn
With the ignition switch in the ON thinner, benzene, alcohol and symbols on your steering wheel.
position, pressing the heated steer- gasoline. Doing so may dam- Check the horn regularly to be sure it
ing wheel button warms the steering age the surface of the steering operates properly.
wheel. The indicator on the button wheel.
will illuminate.
• If the surface of steering ✽ NOTICE
To turn the heated steering wheel off, wheel is damaged by sharp
press the button once again. The To sound the horn, press the area
indicator on the button will turn off. object, damage to the heated indicated by the horn symbol on
steering wheel components your steering wheel (see illustra-
could occur. tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.

4 45
Features of your vehicle

FLEX STEER
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely
to operate it, or hit it with your
fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.

OPS043209

OPS043036 When the steering mode button is


pressed, the selected steering mode
The FLEX STEER controls steering will appear on the instrument cluster.
effort based upon as driver's prefer-
ence or road condition. If the steering mode button is pressed
within 4 seconds, the steering mode
You can select the desired steering will change as shown above.
mode by pressing the FLEX STEER
button. If the steering wheel mode button is
not pressed for about 4 seconds, the
LCD display will change to the previ-
ous screen (for Type B cluster).

4 46
Features of your vehicle

Normal mode Sport mode Comfort mode

OPS043129 OPS043130 OPS043131


The normal mode offers medium The steering wheel becomes heav- The steering wheel becomes lighter.
steering effort. ier. The sport mode is usually used The comfort mode is usually used
when driving on the highway. when driving in the city or when park-
ing the vehicle.

4 47
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION
• For your safety, if you press
the steering mode button
while operating the steering
wheel, but the steering effort
will not change immediately.
After operating the steering
wheel, the steering effort will
change automatically to the
selected mode.
• Use caution when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• When the electronic power
steering is not operating prop-
erly, the flex steering wheel
will not work.

4 48
Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
WARNING (if equipped)
center view through the rear window Do not adjust the rearview mir-
is seen. Make this adjustment before ror while the vehicle is moving.
you start driving. This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident which
could cause death, serious Night
WARNING - Rear injury or property damage.
visibility
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would WARNING
interfere with your vision
through the rear window. Do not modify the inside mirror Day
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an OAM049023
accident or deployment of the Make this adjustment before you
air bag. start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.

4 49
Features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)


(if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning
The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror
ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a
headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material
in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner.
tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- Do not spray glass cleaner
ror senses the light level around the directly on the mirror. It may
vehicle, and automatically controls cause the liquid cleaner to enter Indicator Sensor
the headlight glare from the vehicles the mirror housing.
behind you.
When the engine is running, the OAM042349L
glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror:
the sensor mounted in the rearview • The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is
Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on.
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func-
order to improve the drivers view tion off. The mirror indicator light
behind the vehicle. will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion on. The mirror indicator light
will illuminate.

4 50
Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror


CAUTION WARNING
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving. Do not scrape ice off the mirror Do not adjust or fold the outside
face; this may damage the sur- rearview mirrors while the vehi-
Your vehicle is equipped with both face of the glass. If ice should cle is moving.This could result in
left-hand and right-hand outside restrict the movement of the mir- loss of control, and an accident
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be ror, do not force the mirror for which could cause death, seri-
adjusted remotely with the remote adjustment. To remove ice, use a ous injury or property damage.
switch. The mirror heads can be fold- deicer spray, or a sponge or soft
ed back to prevent damage during an cloth with very warm water.
automatic vehicle wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
CAUTION
WARNING - Rearview If the mirror is jammed with ice,
mirrors do not adjust the mirror by force.
• The right outside rearview Use an approved spray de-icer
mirror is convex. Objects seen (not radiator antifreeze) to
in the mirror are closer than release the frozen mechanism or
they appear. move the vehicle to a warm
• Use your interior rearview place and allow the ice to melt.
mirror or direct observation to
determine the actual distance
of following vehicles when
changing lanes.

4 51
Features of your vehicle

Remote control Folding the outside rearview mirror


CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
OPS043035 hand. Doing so may damage OPS043037
the parts.
Electric type Manual type
The electric remote control mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror,
switch allows you to adjust the position grasp the housing of the mirror and
of the left and right outside rearview then fold it toward the rear of the
mirrors. To adjust the position of either vehicle.
mirror the ignition switch should be in
the ACC position. Move the switch (1)
to R or L to select the right side mirror
or the left side mirror, then press a cor-
responding point on the mirror adjust-
ment control to position the selected
mirror up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the switch
into the neutral (center) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.

4 52
Features of your vehicle

Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION - Electric type
matically as follows: outside
rearview mirror
• Without smart key system
The electric type outside
- The mirror will fold or unfold when rearview mirror operates even
the door is locked or unlocked by though the ignition switch is in
the transmitter. the OFF position. However, to
• With smart key system prevent unnecessary battery
- The mirror will fold or unfold when discharge, do not adjust the
the door is locked or unlocked by mirrors longer than necessary
OPS043038 the smart key. while the engine is not running.
Electric type - The mirror will fold or unfold when In case it is an electric type out-
the door is locked or unlocked by side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
The outside rearview mirror can be by hand. It could cause motor
folded or unfolded by pressing the the button on the outside door
handle. failure.
switch as below.
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. - The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
Right (2) : The mirror will fold. closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession. (if equipped)

4 53
Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A

1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)
■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ


from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.

OPS043100C/OPS043101C

4 54
Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A LCD Display Control


Adjusting Instrument Cluster ■ Type A
Illumination

OPS043117
■ Type B
OPS043202
■ Type B

OPS043039

The brightness of the instrument


panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button
("+" or "-") when the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the OTF044112L
tale lights are turned on. • If you hold the illumination control OPS043040
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously. The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
• If the brightness reaches to the
on the steering wheel.
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.

4 55
Features of your vehicle

[For type A cluster] Gauges Tachometer


(1) TRIP : TRIP button for changing Speedometer ■ Type A
trip modes ■ Type A
(2) RESET : RESET button for
resetting items

[For type B cluster]


(1) : MODE button for changing
modes or SELECT button
for setting the selected item
(2) : MOVE button for changing OPS043104N
items or RESET button for OPS043102N ■ Type B
resetting the selected item ■ Type B

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD


Display” in this chapter.

OPS043106
OPS043103C The tachometer indicates the
The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo-
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm).
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-
meters per hour (km/h).

4 56
Features of your vehicle

Use the tachometer to select the cor- Engine Coolant Temperature


rect shift points and to prevent lug- Gauge CAUTION
ging and/or over-revving the engine. If the gauge pointer moves
■ Type A
beyond the normal range area
toward the “H” position, it indi-
CAUTION cates overheating that may
Do not operate the engine with- damage the engine.
in the tachometer's RED ZONE. Do not continue driving with an
This may cause severe engine overheated engine. If your vehi-
damage. cle overheats, refer to “If the
Engine Overheats” in chapter 6.

OPS043108
■ Type B
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.

OPS043109

This gauge indicates the tempera-


ture of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.

4 57
Features of your vehicle

Fuel Gauge ✽ NOTICE


• The fuel tank capacity is given in WARNING - Fuel Gauge
■ Type A
chapter 8. Running out of fuel can expose
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by vehicle occupants to danger.
a low fuel warning light, which You must stop and obtain addi-
will illuminate when the fuel tank tional fuel as soon as possible
is nearly empty. after the warning light comes
• On inclines or curves, the fuel on or when the gauge indicator
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the comes close to the “E (Empty)”
low fuel warning light may come level.
on earlier than usual due to the
OPS043110 movement of fuel in the tank.
■ Type B
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.

✽ NOTICE
OPS043111 Fuel display may not be accurate if
you are filling in sloping places.
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.

4 58
Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge The outside temperature on the dis-


play may not change immediately
■ Type A ■ Type A
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive.

To change the temperature unit (from


°C to °F or from °F to °C)
• Type A Cluster
Press the RESET button on the
steering wheel 5 times. On the fifth
OPS043113C OPS043114C
press, hold the RESET button down
■ Type B ■ Type B
for 6 seconds until the display
changes.
• Type B Cluster
The temperature unit can be
changed by using the "User
Settings" mode of the LCD display

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD


Display” in this chapter.
OPS043118C OPS043119C

The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out-
tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C-
be performed. (40°F ~ 140°F)
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles
or kilometers.
4 59
Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator • Park : P Manual Transaxle Shift Indicator


Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator • Reverse : R (if equipped)
■ Type A • Neutral : N ■ Type A

• Drive : D
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OPS043115 OPS043116
■ Type B ■ Type B

OTF044125L OTF044402
This indicator displays which auto- This indicator informs which gear is
matic transaxle shift lever is selected. desired while driving to save fuel.

• Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6


• Shifting down : ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5

4 60
Features of your vehicle

For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (current-
ly the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th,
or 6th gear).

When the system is not working prop-


erly, the indicator is not displayed.

4 61
Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)


LCD Modes (for type B cluster)
Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Trip Computer
For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Turn By Turn
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(if equipped)

A/V
This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
(if equipped)

Service
This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messages
related to TPMS and so on.
Master warning

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

4 62
Features of your vehicle

Service Mode
Service Interval

OTF044196L OTF044192L
Service required Service in OFF
OPS043134C If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set,
iced according to the already inputted “Service in OFF” message is dis-
Service in service interval, “Service required” played on the LCD display.
It calculates and displays when you message is displayed for several sec-
onds each time you set the ignition
need a scheduled maintenance
switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to ✽ NOTICE
service (mileage or days).
the ON position (The mileage and If any of the following conditions
If the remaining mileage or time occurs, the mileage and days may be
reaches 1,500 km (900 mi.) or 30 time changes to "---").
To reset the service interval to the incorrect.
days, "Service in" message is dis- - The battery cable is disconnected.
played for several seconds each time mileage and days you inputted before:
- The fuse switch is turned off.
you set the ignition switch or Engine - Press the RESET button for - The battery is discharged.
Start/Stop Button to the ON position. more than 1 second.

4 63
Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode Door


(if equipped) Description Auto Door Lock (if equipped)
• Off:
• This warning light informs the driv- The auto door lock operation will
er the following situations be deactivated.
- Service reminder (if equipped) • Speed (for manual transaxle)
The Master Warning Light illumi- All doors will be automatically
nates when more than one of the locked when the vehicle speed
above warning situations occur. At exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).
this time, the LCD Modes Icon will
• Shift Lever:
change from ( ) to ( ).
All doors will be automatically
If the warning situation is solved, the
locked if the automatic transaxle
LCD Modes Icon will be changed back
OPS043132 shift lever is shifted from the P
to its previous icon ( ).
(Park) position to the R (Reverse),
On this mode, you can change set- N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

4 64
Features of your vehicle

Auto Door Unlock (if equipped) Horn Feedback (if equipped) Settings
• Off: • Off: Language
The auto door unlock operation will The Horn feedback operation will Choose the language you prefer
be canceled. be deactivated. within the LCD.
• Key Out or Power Off: • On:
All doors will be automatically After locking the door by pressing Temperature Unit
unlocked when the ignition key is the lock button on the transmitter, if Convert the temperature unit from °C
removed from ignition switch or you press the lock button again to °F or from °F to °C.
Engine Start/Stop Button is set to within 4 seconds, the warning
the OFF position. sound will operate once to indicate
• Shift Lever: that all doors are locked. Welcome Sound
All doors will be automatically If this item is checked, the welcome
unlocked if the automatic transaxle Lamp sound function will be activated.
shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) One Touch Turn Lamp (if equipped)
position. AVG Fuel Eco Reset
If this item is checked, the lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 • Auto Reset:
Two Press Unlock (if equipped) times when the turn signal lever is The average fuel economy will
• Off: moved slightly. reset automatically when refueling.
The two press unlock function will • Manual Reset:
be deactivated. Therefore, all doors Head Lamp Delay (if equipped) The average fuel economy will not
will unlock if the door is unlocked. If this item is checked, the headlamp reset automatically whenever refu-
• On: delay and headlamp welcome func- eling.
The driver’s door will unlock if the tion will be activated. For more details, refer to “Trip
door is unlocked. When the door is Computer” in this chapter.
unlocked again within 4 seconds,
all doors will unlock.

4 65
Features of your vehicle

Service Interval A/V Mode (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

OPS043133C OTF044129 OPS043208C


On this mode, you can activate the This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the
service interval function with mileage A/V system. navigation.
(mi. or km) and period (months).

4 66
Features of your vehicle

Warning Messages Low Key Battery Press brake pedal to start engine
Shift to "P" position (for smart key (for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto-
system and automatic transaxle) matic transaxle)

OTF044142L
OTF044148L OTF044152L
• This warning message illuminates
• This warning message illuminates if if the battery of the smart key is • This warning message illuminates
you try to turn off the engine without discharged when the Engine if the Engine Start/Stop Button
the shift lever in P (Park) position. Start/Stop Button changes to the changes to the ACC position twice
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop OFF position. by pressing the button repeatedly
Button turns to the ACC position (If without depressing the brake pedal.
you press the Engine Start/Stop • It means that you should depress
Button once more, it will turn to the the brake pedal to start the engine.
ON position).

4 67
Features of your vehicle

Press clutch pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected
(for smart key system and manual (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
transaxle)

OTF044138L OTF044140L
OTF044190L
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
• This warning message illuminates if if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected
the Engine Start/Stop Button while the door is opened or closed when you press the Engine
changes to the ACC position twice with the ignition switch in the ACC Start/Stop Button.
by pressing the button repeatedly position or engine is running.
without depressing the clutch pedal. • It means that you should always
• It means that you should depress have the smart key with you.
the clutch pedal to start the engine.

4 68
Features of your vehicle

Press start button again Press start button with smart key Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH"
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto-
matic transaxle)

OTF044144L OTF044146L
OTF044157L
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates
Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message if the brake switch fuse is discon-
problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. nected.
Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica- • It means that you should replace
• It means that you could start the tor light blinks. the fuse with a new one. If that is
engine by pressing the Engine not possible, you can start the
Start/ Stop Button once more. engine by pressing the Engine
• If the warning illuminates each Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
time you press the Engine the ACC position.
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 69
Features of your vehicle

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine Door Open Tailgate Open


(for smart key system and auto-
matic transaxle)

OPS043121 OPS043122
• It means that any door is open.
OTF044150L • It means that the tailgate is open.

• This warning message illuminates


if you try to start the engine with
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position.

✽ NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.

4 70
Features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped) Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" • The "FUSE" and "on" warning
(if equipped) messages are displayed alternate-
ly. (for Type A)
■ Type A
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” in


chapter 7.

OPS043120
• The warning message illuminates OPS044309L
■ Type B
if you turn off the engine when the
sunroof is open.

OPS043405L
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
OFF.

4 71
Features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER
Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) Overview Trip Modes (for Type A cluster)
Description Tripmeter A
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related Tripmeter B
to driving.
Range
✽ NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example Average Fuel Economy*
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
OTF044159L Average Vehicle Speed*
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reser- Elapsed Time*
voir is nearly empty.
* if equipped
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid. To change the trip mode, press the
TRIP button.

4 72
Features of your vehicle

Trip Modes (for Type B cluster) Trip A/B Tripmeter (1)


■ Type A
• The tripmeter is the total driving dis-
FUEL ECONOMY tance since the last tripmeter reset.
• Range - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi.
• Average Fuel Economy or km
• To reset the tripmeter, press the
• Instant Fuel Economy RESET/ button on the steering
wheel for more than 1 second
when the tripmeter is displayed.
TRIP A

• Tripmeter [A] OPS043125C Average Vehicle Speed (2)


■ Type B
• Average Vehicle Speed [A] • The average vehicle speed is cal-
culated by the total driving dis-
• Elapsed Time [A] tance and driving time since the
last average vehicle speed reset.
- Speed range: 160 MPH or 200
TRIP B km/h
• To reset the average vehicle speed,
• Tripmeter [B] press the RESET/ button on the
• Average Vehicle Speed [B] steering wheel for more than 1 sec-
• Elapsed Time [B] OPS043127C ond when the average vehicle
speed is displayed.
To change the trip mode, press the
MOVE button .

4 73
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Fuel Economy • If the estimated distance is below


• The average vehicle speed is not dis- Range (1) 50 km (30 mi.), the trip computer
played if the driving distance is less will display “---” as distance to
■ Type A
than 50 meters (0.03 miles) or the empty.
driving time is less than 10 seconds
since the ignition switch or Engine ✽ NOTICE
Start/Stop button is turned to ON. • If the vehicle is not on level ground
• Even if the vehicle is not in motion, or the battery power has been
the average vehicle speed keeps interrupted, the distance to empty
going while the engine is running. function may not operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
Elapsed Time (3) from the actual driving distance as
• The elapsed time is the total driv- OPS043123C it is an estimate of the available
■ Type B
ing time since the last elapsed time driving distance.
reset. • The trip computer may not register
- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59 additional fuel if less than 1.6 gal-
• To reset the elapsed time, press lons (6 liters ) of fuel are added to
the RESET/ button on the steer- the vehicle.
ing wheel for more than 1 second • The fuel economy and distance to
when the elapsed time is dis- empty may vary significantly based
played. on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE OPS043128C

Even if the vehicle is not in motion, • The range to empty is the estimat-
the elapsed time keeps going while ed distance the vehicle can be
the engine is running. driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range : 30 ~ 1999 mi or
50 ~ 1999 km.

4 74
Features of your vehicle

Average Fuel Economy (2) Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3)
• The average fuel economy is calcu- To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel
lated by the total driving distance be reset automatically whenever refu- economy during the last few sec-
and fuel consumption since the last eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in onds when the vehicle speed is
average fuel economy reset. User Setting menu of the LCD display more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).
- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 (Refer to “LCD Display”). - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9
MPG or L/100km Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver- MPG or L/100km
• The average fuel economy can be age fuel economy will be cleared to
reset both manually and automati- zero (---) when the vehicle speed
cally. exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
✽ NOTICE
manually, press the RESET/ but- The average fuel economy is not dis-
ton on the steering wheel for more played for more accurate calculation
than 1 second when the average fuel if the vehicle does not drive more
economy is displayed. than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50
meters) since the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is turned
to ON.

4 75
Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights


Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the “Seat
situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 76
Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys-
• Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add
position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal
- It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are
seconds Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake brake system is still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion
• When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working.
• When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv-
reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
- If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi-
with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.

4 77
Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic


WARNING - Parking Brake (ABS) Warning Light Brake force
& Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution
Driving the vehicle with a warn- This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System
ing light ON is dangerous. If the Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at
Warning Light illuminates with the same time while driving:
the parking brake released, it position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake
indicates that the brake fluid system may not work normally.
level is low. seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia the ABS (The normal braking sys-
tem will still be operational without dealer.
dealer.
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system). WARNING - Electronic
In this case, have your vehicle Brake force Distribution
inspected by an authorized Kia (EBD) System Warning Light
dealer. When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.

4 78
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator


force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL)
(EBD) System Light (if equipped)
Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position.
meter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is
the steering effort may increase or started. started.
decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with
In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system.
ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle
soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. dealer.

CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.

4 79
Features of your vehicle

Charging System If there is a malfunction with either


CAUTION - Gasoline Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging
Engine system:
If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- location and stop your vehicle.
tial catalytic converter damage • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON 2. Turn the engine off and check the
is possible which could result in alternator drive belt for looseness
loss of engine power. position.
or breakage.
In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is
started. If the belt is adjusted properly,
inspected by an authorized Kia there may be a problem in the
dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system.
either the alternator or electrical
charging system. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.

4 80
Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning


Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light
Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• If the engine does not stop
• Once you set the ignition switch or immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates:
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
position. illuminated, severe damage
- It remains on until the engine is could result.
started. If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
• If the warning light stays on
• When the engine oil pressure is low. Add fuel as soon as possible.
while the engine is running, it
indicates that there may be
If the engine oil pressure is low:
serious engine damage or CAUTION - Low Fuel
malfunction. In this case, Level
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as Driving with the Low Fuel Level
location and stop your vehicle.
it is safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel
2. Turn the engine off and check the level below “0 or E” can cause
2. Turn off the engine and
engine oil level (For more details, the engine to misfire and dam-
check the oil level. If the oil
refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If age the catalytic converter (if
level is low, fill the engine
the level is low, add oil as required. equipped).
oil to the proper level.
If the warning light remains on
3. Start the engine again. If the
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
warning light stays on after
able, have your vehicle inspected
the engine is started, turn
by an authorized Kia dealer as
the engine off immediately.
soon as possible.
In this case, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer.

4 81
Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Light Washer Fluid Warning Sunroof Open Warning
Light (if equipped) Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:


When a door is not closed securely. This warning light illuminates:
• When the washer fluid level in the
reservoir is nearly empty. When the sunroof is not closed
securely.
Tailgate Open Warning In this case, you should refill the
Light washer fluid.

This warning light illuminates:


When the tailgate is not closed
securely.

4 82
Features of your vehicle

Fuel cap open warning Indicator Lights This indicator light blinks:
indicator (if equipped) Electronic Stability While the ESC is operating.
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light For more details, refer to “Electronic
This warning light illuminates: Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
• When the fuel filler cap is not tight- This indicator light illuminates:
en securely. • Once you set the ignition switch or
Always make sure that the fuel Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
filler cap is tight. position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 83
Features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability ECOMINDER® indicator Immobilizer Indicator


Control (ESC) OFF Active ECO system ECO Light (Without Smart Key)
Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or When the Active ECO button is • When the vehicle detects the
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON pressed the ECOMINDER® indicator immobilizer in your key properly
position. (green) will illuminate to show that while the ignition switch is ON.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 the Active ECO is operating.
- At this time, you can start the
seconds and then goes off. For more detailed information, refer engine.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys- to "Active ECO" in chapter 5.
- The indicator light goes off after
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- starting the engine.
ton.
This indicator light blinks:
For more details, refer to “Electronic
• When there is a malfunction with
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 84
Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator
Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light
(if equipped) • When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
This indicator light illuminates for up cle while the Engine Start/Stop This indicator light blinks:
to 30 seconds: Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light
• When the vehicle detects the In this case, have your vehicle on.
smart key in the vehicle properly inspected by an authorized Kia
while the Engine Start/Stop Button dealer.
If any of the following occurs, there
is ACC or ON. may be a malfunction with the turn
- At this time, you can start the This indicator light blinks: signal system. In this case, have your
engine. • When the battery of the smart key vehicle inspected by an authorized
- The indicator light goes off after is weak. Kia dealer.
starting the engine. - At this time, you can not start the - The indicator light does not blink
engine. However, you can start but illuminates.
This indicator light blinks for a few the engine if you press the Engine - The indicator light blinks more
seconds: Start/Stop Button with the smart rapidly.
key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illumi-
• When the smart key is not in the “Starting the Engine” in section 5).
vehicle. nate at all.
• When there is a malfunction with
- At this time, you can not start the the immobilizer system.
engine.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 85
Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Cruise Indicator Light


Light (if equipped) CRUISE

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights • When the cruise control system is
the high beam position are on. enabled.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position. Front Fog Indicator For more details, refer to “Cruise
Light (if equipped) Control System” in chapter 5.

This indicator light illuminates:


• When the front fog lights are on.

4 86
Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET Indicator FLEX STEER indicator


Light (if equipped) SET (if equipped)

SPORT NORMAL COMPORT


This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is set.
This indicator light illuminates:
For more details, refer to “Cruise • When you press the FLEX STEER
Control System” in chapter 5. mode button.
For more details, refer to "FLEX
STEER" in chapter 4.

4 87
Features of your vehicle

REAR CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)


This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that helps the driver by display- WARNING - Relying on
ing objects behind the vehicle when the Rear-Camera Display
backing up. Never rely solely on the rear
Always keep the camera lens clean. If camera display when backing.
lens is covered with foreign matter, You must always use methods
the camera may not operate normally. of viewing the area behind you
including looking over both
shoulders as well as continu-
WARNING ously checking all three rear
OPS043050 - Rear camera display view mirrors. Due to the difficul-
The rear camera display is not a ty of ensuring that the area
safety device. It only serves to behind you remains clear,
assist the driver in identifying always back slowly and stop
objects directly behind the mid- immediately if you even suspect
dle of the vehicle. The camera that a person, and especially a
does NOT cover the complete child, might be behind you.
area behind the vehicle. While
the camera's display is general-
ly accurate, objects can be
OPS043051
much closer than they appear in
the display screen and can be
The rear camera display will activate distorted in both size and pro-
when the back-up light is ON with the portion.
ignition switch ON and the shift lever
in the R (Reverse) position.

4 88
Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING
Headlamp escort (if equipped) Battery saver function Daytime running light
If you turn the ignition switch to the • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped)
ACC or OFF position with the head- prevent the battery from being dis- Daytime Running Lights (DRL) may
lights ON, the headlights remain on charged. The system automatically help make it easier for others to see
for about 5 minutes. However, if the turns off the parking lights when the front of your vehicle during the
driver’s door is opened and closed, the driver removes the ignition key
and opens the driver-side door (in day. DRL can be helpful in many dif-
the headlights are turned off after 15 that order). ferent driving conditions, and it is
seconds. especially helpful after dawn and
• With this feature, the parking lights before sunset.
The headlights can be turned off by will turn off automatically if the driv-
pressing the lock button on the trans- er parks on the side of the road at The DRL system turns OFF when:
mitter (or smart key) twice or turning night. 1. The front fog light or headlight (low
the light switch to the OFF or Auto If necessary, to keep the lights on beam) switch is ON.
position. However, if you turn the light when the ignition key is removed,
switch to the Auto position when it is 2. The engine is OFF.
perform the following:
dark outside, the headlights will not 1) Open the driver-side door. 3. The parking brake is applied.
be turned off immediately. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.

4 89
Features of your vehicle

Lighting control Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( )

OXM049110 OAM049041 OAM049042

The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head-
a Parking light position. ing light position (1st position), the light position (2nd position), the
To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, license and instrument panel head, tail, license and instrument
the end of the control lever to one of lights will turn ON. panel lights will turn ON.
the following positions: The ignition switch must be in the ON
(1) OFF position position to turn on the headlights.
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

4 90
Features of your vehicle

Auto light position (if equipped) • Never place anything over sensor High beam operation
(1) located on the instrument
panel. This will ensure better auto-
light system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a win-
dow cleaner. The cleaner may
leave a light film which could inter-
fere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto light
system may not work properly.
OMD040095 OAM049044
When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlights,
light position, the taillights and head- push the lever away from you. Pull it
lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- back for low beams.
matically depending on the amount The high beam indicator will light
of light outside the vehicle. when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.

4 91
Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the
signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
OAM049043 tion in the circuit.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the nor- OAM049045
mal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does The ignition switch must be on for the
not need to be on to use this flashing turn signals to function. To turn on
feature. the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
WARNING - High beams which turn signal is operating. They
Do not use high beam when will self-cancel after a turn is com-
there are other vehicles. Using pleted. If the indicator continues to
high beam could obstruct the flash after a turn, manually return the
other driver's vision. lever to the OFF position.

4 92
Features of your vehicle

One-touch lane change function Front fog light (if equipped)


To activate an one-touch lane
change function, move the turn sig-
nal lever slightly and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can choose one-touch lane
change blinking function in "One
touch turn lamp" of "User setting".
Refer to "User setting" in chapter 4.

✽ NOTICE
OAM049046N
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, the bulb may be Fog lights are used to provide
burned out or have a poor electrical improved visibility when visibility is
connection in the circuit. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The
fog lights will turn on when the fog light
switch (1) is turned to the on position
after the headlight is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.

4 93
Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS


Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers
(if equipped)

OAM049101N

Operates as follows when the igni-


OAM049100N/OAM049048N
tion switch is turned ON.
A : Wiper speed control D : Rear wiper/washer control MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
· MIST – Single wipe · ON – Continuous wipe the lever upward and release
· OFF – Off · INT – Intermittent wipe it with the lever in the OFF
(if equipped) position. The wipers will oper-
· INT – Intermittent wipe ate continuously if the lever is
· LO – Low wiper speed · OFF – Off pushed upward and held.
· HI – High wiper speed OFF : Wiper is not in operation
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
B : Intermittent wipe time adjust- the same wiping intervals. Use
ment this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (1).
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

4 94
Features of your vehicle

LO : Normal wiper speed Windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in
HI : Fast wiper speed the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes, CAUTION - Washer
or until the snow and/or ice is pump
removed before using the windshield To prevent possible damage to
wipers to ensure proper operation. the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.

OAM049102N
WARNING - Obscured
In the OFF position, pull the lever visibility
gently toward you to spray washer Do not use the washer in freez-
fluid on the windshield and to run the ing temperatures without first
wipers 1-3 cycles. warming the windshield with
Use this function when the wind- the defrosters; the washer solu-
shield is dirty. tion could freeze on the wind-
The spray and wiper operation will shield and obscure your vision.
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 95
Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and washer


CAUTION - Wipers& switch (if equipped)
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper blades, do not use gaso-
line, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near
them. OXM049125

• To prevent damage to the Push the lever away from you to


wiper arms and other compo- OAM049103N
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
nents, do not attempt to move rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
the wipers manually. The rear window wiper switch is and wiper operation will continue
located at the end of the wiper and until you release the lever.
washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the
rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation

4 96
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT
Do not use the interior lights for Interior lamp AUTO cut Map lamp
extended periods when the engine is • When all entrances are closed, if ■ Type A
not running. you lock the vehicle by using the
It may cause battery discharge. transmitter or the smart key, all
interior lamp will be off after a few
WARNING - Interior light seconds.
Do not use the interior lights • If you do not operate anything in
when driving in the dark. The the vehicle after turning off the
glare from the interior lights engine, the lights will turn off after
may obstruct your view and 20 minutes.
cause an accident. OPS043052
■ Type B

OPS043053

Press the lens (1) or button (1) to


turn the map lamp on or off

4 97
Features of your vehicle

• ROOM (2) : - The map lamp and room lamp will Room lamp
- The map lamp and room lamp go out immediately if the ignition
■ Type A
stays on at all times. switch is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked.
- To turn off the ROOM mode,
press the ROOM button (2) once - To turn off the DOOR mode,
again (not pressed.) press the DOOR button (3) once
again (not pressed).
• DOOR (3) :
- The map lamp and room lamp
✽ NOTICE
comes on when a door is opened. • When the lamp is turned on by
The lamps go out after approxi- pressing the lens (1), the lamp does OPS043054
mately 30 seconds. not turn off even if the DOOR ■ Type B
- The map lamp and room lamp
mode or ROOM mode is not
comes on for approximately 30
selected (not pressed).
seconds when doors are unlocked
• If the ROOM button and DOOR
with a transmitter or smart key as
button are pressed at the same
long as the doors are not opened.
time, the map lamp and room
lamp will stay on at all times
- The map lamp and room lamp will (ROOM mode will be selected).
stay on for approximately 20 min-
utes if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or
OPS043072
LOCK/OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will Press the button to turn the light on
stay on continuously if the door is or off.
opened with the ignition switch in If the front map lamp turns on by the
the ON position. front map lamp switch, the room
lamp will turn on.

4 98
Features of your vehicle

Luggage room lamp Portable lamp usage ❈ If the portable lamp does not turn
(if equipped) on, it means the portable lamp
■ Type A
needs to be charged. Insert the
lamp holder and then charge it
again. The charge mode will be
activated if the ignition switch (or
engine start/stop button) is on
position or engine is running.

OPS043055
■ Type B

OPS043197

1. In-vehicle lamp, if necessary, after


separation can be used as a
portable.
2. Press push button (1).
3. Pull out the lamp holder.
4. Press the power switch (2).
OPS043056

The luggage room lamp comes on


when the tailgate is opened.
The lamp comes on as long as the
tailgate is open. To prevent unneces-
sary charging system drain, close
the tailgate securely after using the
luggage room.
4 99
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Battery replacement


CAUTION
1. Remove the batteries when 7. Do not place the lamp or bat-
not in use for a long time. teries near fire or heat. It can
cause internal leakage of a
2. Use the specified battery. battery.
3. You can use the regular bat- 8. Do not apply electrical shock
teries (Disposable batteries) with portable charging termi-
but do not use the Non- nals of the lamp.
rechargeable battery in
charge mode. It may damage It can cause internal leakage
the vehicle. of a battery or damage the
portable lamp.
4. Do not place the lamp with
water or moist places and liq- 9. If the portable lamp does not OTAM041101
uid compounds. These can turn on anymore after
charged, replace the When replacement is necessary, use
cause internal leakage of a the following procedure.
battery. rechargeable batteries.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
5. When replacing the batteries, gently try open the battery cover.
check the direction and insert.
2. Replace the batteries with new
It will not be charged if installed rechargeable batteries (AAA size).
reversely. When replacing the batteries,
6. Do not mix the rechargeable make sure the position of batteries.
batteries. 3. Close the cover carefully.
It may not be charged normally.
(Continued)

4 100
Features of your vehicle

Glove box lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp


(if equipped)

OPS043057
OAM042336
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened. Pull the sunvisor downward and you
To prevent unnecessary charging can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or
system drain, close the glove box OFF by pushing the button.
securely after using the glove box. • : To turn the lamp ON.
• O : To turn the lamp OFF.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, turn off the lamp by
pushing the O button after using the
lamp.

4 101
Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to
CAUTION - Conductors remove frost, fog and thin ice from
■ Type A
To prevent damage to the con- the rear window, while the engine is
ductors bonded to the inside running.
surface of the rear window, To activate the rear window
never use sharp instruments or defroster, press the rear window
window cleaners containing defroster button located in the center
abrasives to clean the window. facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
If you want to defrost and defog the defroster button illuminates when the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
OPS043150 defroster is ON.
■ Type B
defrosting and defogging” in this sec- If there is heavy accumulation of
tion. snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automati-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster but-
OPS043153 ton again.
■ Type C

OPS043152

4 102
Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror defroster


(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.

Front wiper deicer (if equipped)


The front wiper deicer will operate at
the same time you turn on the front
windshield defroster.
• To turn off the wiper deicer, press
the front windshield defroster but-
ton again.
• The front wiper deicer automatical-
ly turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch
is turned off.

4 103
Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Fan speed control knob 3. Mode selection knob 5. Temperature control knob
2. Air intake control button 4. Rear window defroster button 6. Air conditioning button
(if equipped)

OPS043154

4 104
Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning


1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.

OPS043058

4 105
Features of your vehicle

Mode selection
Vent mode (B, D) Floor/Defrost mode
(A, C, E, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E) Defrost mode (A, D)

OPS043155 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
The mode selection knob controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air
the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window
the ventilation system. defrosters.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor mode (C, E, A, D)
board outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.

4 106
Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

OPS043059 OPS043159
Instrument panel vents OPS043156 To operate the MAX A/C, turn the
The outlet vents can be opened or temperature knob to extreme left. Air
The temperature control knob allows flow is directed toward the upper
closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the
wheel. body and face.
air flow from the ventilation system.
Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the In this mode, the air conditioning and
air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the the recirculated air position will be
the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm air selected automatically.
or left position for cooler air.

4 107
Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position In addition, prolonged use of the air
With the recirculated air conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected, air position selected will result in exces-
from the passenger com- sively dry air in the passenger com-
partment will be drawn partment.
through the heating sys-
tem and heated or WARNING - Recirculated
cooled according to the
function selected.
air
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
Outside (fresh) air position ed air position can cause
With the outside (fresh) drowsiness or sleepiness, and
OPS043160 air position selected, air loss of vehicle control. Set the
The air intake control is used to enters the vehicle from air intake control to the outside
select the outside (fresh) air position outside and is heated or (fresh) air position as much as
or recirculated air position. cooled according to the possible while driving.
To change the air intake control posi- function selected.
tion, press the control button.
Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING - Reduced
the recirculated air position (without visibilty
air conditioning selected) may cause Continued use of the climate
fogging of the windshield and side control system in the recirculat-
windows and the air within the pas- ed air position may allow
senger compartment may become humidity to increase inside the
stale. vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.

4 108
Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To turn off the blowers Air conditioning (if equipped)

OPS043157 OPS043158 OPS043161


The ignition switch must be in the ON To turn off the blowers, turn the fan Press the A/C button to turn the air
position for fan operation. speed control knob to the "0" posi- conditioning system on (indicator
The fan speed knob allows you to tion. light will illuminate). Press the button
control the fan speed of the air flow again to turn the air conditioning sys-
from the ventilation system. To tem off.
change the fan speed, turn the knob
to the right for higher speed, or left
for lower speed. To turn the fan
speed control off, turn the knob to
the “0” position.

4 109
Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped)


Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
from entering the vehicle through filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con-
2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the ditioning button.
outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the
passed to keep fresh air in the outside air or recirculated air posi-
4. Set the fan speed control to the
vehicle. This will help keep the driv- tion.
desired speed.
er alert and comfortable. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and
• Air for the heating/cooling system temperature control to maintain
Heating is drawn in through the grilles just maximum comfort.
1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care • When maximum cooling is desired,
2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not set the temperature control to the
outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or extreme left position, set the mode
other obstructions. control to the MAX A/C position,
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- then set the fan speed control to
shield, set the air intake control to the highest speed.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
the fresh air position and fan speed
desired speed.
to the desired position, turn on the
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired
equipped) on. temperature.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.

4 110
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning
CAUTION - Excessive • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water
A/C direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the
When using the air conditioning open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side
system, monitor the engine to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
coolant closely while driving up escape. tem operation characteristic.
hills or in heavy traffic when out- • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys-
side temperatures are high. Air the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position
conditioning system operation days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how-
may cause engine overheating the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this
and potential engine damage. conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the
Continue to use the blower fan vehicle to become stale.
but turn the air conditioning sys- • During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may
tem off if the engine coolant occasionally notice a misty air flow
temperature gauge indicates notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and
engine overheating. humid air intake. This is a normal
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.

4 111
Features of your vehicle

Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air


(if equipped) • Replace the filter every 15,000 conditioner refrigerant and
miles or once a year. compressor lubricant
Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is
severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air con-
Recirculated
rough roads, more frequent air ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
air conditioner filter inspections and has a negative impact on the air con-
changes are required. ditioning system.
• When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is
decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by
checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer.
Blower dealer.
Climate control Heater core
Evaporator
air filter core
1LDA5047
WARNING
Because the refriger-
The climate control air filter installed ant is at very high
behind the glove box filters the dust or pressure, the air con-
other pollutants that come into the ditioning system
vehicle from the outside through the should only be serv-
heating and air conditioning system. If iced by trained and certified
dust or other pollutants accumulate in technicians. It is important that
the filter over a period of time, the air the correct type and amount of
flow from the air vents may decrease, oil and refrigerant is used, oth-
resulting in moisture accumulation on erwise damage to the vehicle
the inside of the windshield even and personal injury may occur.
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.

4 112
Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


■ Type A

1. Temperature control button / knob


2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Rear windshield defroster button
4. Climate control display
5. Air intake control button
6. Air conditioning button (if equipped)
■ Type B 7. Fan speed control button
8. AUTO (automatic control) button
9. OFF button
10. Mode selection button
11. Climate control information screen
selection button

OPS043162/OPS043163

4 113
Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Type A ✽ NOTICE


ditioning • To turn the automatic operation
■ Type A off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con-
OPS043170
■ Type B
trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
OPS043164 • Regardless of the temperature set-
■ Type B ting, when using automatic opera-
tion, the air conditioning system
can automatically turn on to
decrease the humidity inside the
vehicle, even if the temperature is
set to warm.

OPS043171
2. Push the temperature control but-
OPS043165
ton to set the desired temperature.
(Type A)
1. Push the AUTO button. It is indi-
Turn the temperature control knob
cated by AUTO on the display. The
to set the desired temperature.
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
(Type B)
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by temperature set-
ting.

4 114
Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection


tioning ■ Type A
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning
any knob) except AUTO button while
automatic operation, the functions
OPS043071 OPS043166
not selected will be controlled auto-
Never place anything over the sensor ■ Type B
matically.
located on the instrument panel to 1. Start the engine.
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system. 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the OPS043167
desired speed.
The mode selection button controls
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the direction of the air flow through
the air conditioning system on. the ventilation system.
Press the AUTO button in order to Refer to the illustration in the
convert to full automatic control of “Manual climate control system”.
the system.

4 115
Features of your vehicle

The air flow outlet port is converted


as follows: Vent mode (B, D) Floor mode (C, E, A, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each out- floor, with a small amount of the air
let can be controlled to direct the air being directed to the windshield and
discharged from the outlet. side window defroster.

Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E) Floor/Defrost mode


(A, C, E, D)
Air flow is discharged towards the Most of the air flow is directed to the
face and floor. floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.

4 116
Features of your vehicle

■ Type A Temperature control


■ Type A

OPS043168
■ Type B
OPS043059 OPS043170
Instrument panel vents ■ Type B

The outlet port can be opened or


closed separately using the thumb-
wheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
OPS043169
Defrost mode (A, D) OPS043171
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air • Type A
directed to the side window defrosters. The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by pushing the button
( ).

4 117
Features of your vehicle

The temperature will decrease to the Temperature scale conversion Air intake control
minimum (Lo) by pushing the button If the battery has been discharged or ■ Type A
( ). disconnected, the temperature mode
When pushing the button, the tem- display will reset to Centigrade.
perature will increase or decrease by This is normal condition. You can
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest switch the temperature scale as fol-
temperature setting, the air condi- lows;
tioning will operate continuously.
While pressing the AUTO button,
press the OFF button for 3 seconds
• Type B or more. The temperature scale will
The temperature will increase to the change from Centigrade to
Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to OPS043172
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to ■ Type B
the right extremely. Centigrade.
The temperature will decrease to the The temperature unit (from °C to °F
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to or from °F to °C) can be changed by
the left extremely. using the “User Settings” mode of the
LCD display.
When turning the knob, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air condi-
tioning will operate continuously.
OPS043173

This is used to select outside (fresh)


air position or recirculated air posi-
tion.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.

4 118
Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position It should be noted that prolonged


The indicator light on the WARNING - Recirculated operation of the heating in recirculat-
button illuminates when air ed air position will cause fogging of
the recirculated air posi- Continuous use of the climate the windshield and side windows and
tion is selected. control system in the recirculat- the air within the passenger com-
ed air position can cause partment will become stale.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from drowsiness or sleepiness, and
passenger compartment loss of vehicle control. Set the
will be drawn through the air intake control to the outside
heating system and heat- (fresh) air position as much as
ed or cooled according to possible while driving.
the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position


WARNING - Reduced
visibility
The indicator light on the
button does not illuminate Continued climate control sys-
when the outside (fresh) tem operation in the recirculat-
air position is selected. ed air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
With the outside (fresh) vehicle which may fog the glass
air position selected, air and obscure visibility.
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.

119 4 119
Features of your vehicle

In addition, prolonged use of the air Fan speed control To change the fan speed, press the
conditioning with the recirculated air button ( ) for higher speed, or push
■ Type A
position selected, will result in exces- the button ( ) for lower speed. To
sively dry air in the passenger com- turn the fan speed control off, press
partment. the OFF button and select outside
(fresh) air position.

OPS043176
■ Type B

OPS043177

The fan speed can be set to the


desired speed by pressing the fan
speed control button.

4 120
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning Blower OFF Climate information screen


■ Type A ■ Type A
selection (if equipped)
■ Type B

OPS043174 OPS043178
■ Type B ■ Type B

OPS043180

Press the climate information screen


selection button to view climate infor-
mation in full screen mode.

OPS043175 OPS043179

Push the A/C button to turn the air Push the OFF button to turn off the
conditioning system on (indicator blower. However you can still operate
light will illuminate). the mode and air intake buttons as
Push the button again to turn the air long as the ignition switch is in the
conditioning system off. position ON.

4 121
Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped)


Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
from entering the vehicle through filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con-
2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the ditioning button.
outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the
passed to keep fresh air in the outside air or recirculated air posi-
4. Set the fan speed control to the
vehicle. This will help keep the driv- tion.
desired speed.
er alert and comfortable. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and
• Air for the heating/cooling system temperature control to maintain
Heating is drawn in through the grilles just maximum comfort.
1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care • When maximum cooling is desired,
2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not set the temperature control to the
outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or extreme left position, set the mode
other obstructions. control to the MAX A/C position,
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- then set the fan speed control to
shield, set the air intake control to the highest speed.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
the fresh air position and fan speed
desired speed.
to the desired position, turn on the
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired
equipped) on. temperature.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.

4 122
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning
CAUTION - Excessive • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water
A/C direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the
When using the air conditioning open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side
system, monitor the engine to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
coolant closely while driving up escape. tem operation characteristic.
hills or in heavy traffic when out- • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys-
side temperatures are high. Air the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position
conditioning system operation days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how-
may cause engine overheating the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this
and potential engine damage. conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the
Continue to use the blower fan vehicle to become stale.
but turn the air conditioning sys- • During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may
tem off if the engine coolant occasionally notice a misty air flow
temperature gauge indicates notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and
engine overheating. humid air intake. This is a normal
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.

4 123
Features of your vehicle

Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air


(if equipped) • Replace the filter every 15,000 conditioner refrigerant and
miles or once a year. compressor lubricant
Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is
severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air con-
Recirculated
rough roads, more frequent air ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
air conditioner filter inspections and has a negative impact on the air con-
changes are required. ditioning system.
• When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is
decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by
checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer.
Blower dealer.
Climate control Heater core
Evaporator
air filter core
1LDA5047
WARNING
Because the refriger-
The climate control air filter installed ant is at very high
behind the glove box filters the dust or pressure, the air con-
other pollutants that come into the ditioning system
vehicle from the outside through the should only be serv-
heating and air conditioning system. If iced by trained and certified
dust or other pollutants accumulate in technicians. It is important that
the filter over a period of time, the air the correct type and amount of
flow from the air vents may decrease, oil and refrigerant is used, oth-
resulting in moisture accumulation on erwise damage to the vehicle
the inside of the windshield even and personal injury may occur.
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.

4 124
Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING


• For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set the
difference between the temper- mode to the floor-defrost position.
ature of the outside air and that • Before driving, clear all snow and
of the windshield could cause ice from the windshield, rear win-
the outer surface of the wind- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
shield to fog up, causing loss of all side windows.
visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button • Clear all snow and ice from the
to the position and fan hood and air inlet in the cowl grille
speed control knob or button to to improve heater and defroster OPS043181
the lower speed. efficiency and to reduce the proba-
bility of fogging up inside of the 1. Select any fan speed except “0”
windshield. position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or mode.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.

4 125
Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control 3. Press the defrost button ( ).
system 4. The air-conditioning will be turned
To defog inside windshield on according to the detected ambi-
■ Type A ent temperature, outside (fresh) air
position and higher fan speed will
be selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh)
air position and higher fan speed are
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button or knob manu-
ally.
If the position is selected, with a
OPS043182 low fan speed, a higher fan speed
OPS043183 may be automatically selected.
1. Set the fan speed to the highest ■ Type B
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.

OPS043185

1. Set the fan speed to the desired


position.
2. Select desired temperature.

4 126
Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield 4. The air-conditioning will be turned Defogging logic


on according to the detected To reduce the possibility of fogging
■ Type A
ambient temperature and outside up the inside of the windshield, the
(fresh) air position will be selected air intake or air conditioning are con-
automatically. trolled automatically according to
If the position is selected, with a certain conditions such as or
low fan speed, a higher fan speed position. To cancel or return to the
may be automatically selected. defogging logic, do the following.

OPS043184
■ Type B

OPS043186

1. Set fan speed to the highest posi-


tion.
2. Set temperature to the Maximum
(HI).
3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4 127
Features of your vehicle

Manual climate control system If the battery has been discharged or Automatic climate control system
disconnected, it will be reset to the
■ Type A
defog logic status.

OPS043189
■ Type B
OPS043187
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ( ).
3. Within 10 seconds after select the
defrost positon, press the air
intake control button ( ) at least
5 times within 3 seconds.
OPS043188
The indicator on the air intake button
blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
interval. It indicates that the defog- position.
ging logic is canceled or returned to 2. Press the defrost button ( ).
the programmed status.

4 128
Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)


3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button ( ) at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
The indicator on the air intake button
blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of
interval. It indicates that the defog-
ging logic is canceled or returned to
the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or


OPS043206
disconnected, it will be reset to the
defog logic status. When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the clean air function turns
on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the ignition
switch turns to the OFF position.

4 129
Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box
store small items.
■ Type A
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compart-
ment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover cannot close securely.
OPS043060
■ Type B
WARNING - Flammable OPS043062
materials To open the glove box, push the but-
Do not store, propane cylinders ton and the glove box will automati-
or other flammable/explosive cally open. Close the glove box after
materials in the vehicle. These use.
items may catch fire and/or Always keep the glove box closed
explode if the vehicle is exposed while the vehicle is in operation.
to hot temperatures for extended
periods.
OPS043061

These compartments can be used to


store small items required by the
driver or front passenger.
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever. (Type B)

4 130
Features of your vehicle

Cool box (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE Sunglass holder


Do not put perishable food in the
cool box because it may not main-
tain the necessary consistent tem-
perature to keep the food fresh.

✽ NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.

OPS043064 OPS043065

You can keep beverage cans or other To open the sunglass holder, press
items cool in the glove box. the cover and the holder will slowly
1. Turn on the air conditioning. open. Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out.
2. Slide the open/close lever of the
vent installed in the glove box to To close the sunglass holder, push it
the open position. up.
3. When the cool box is not used, Do not place other items in the sun-
slide the lever to the closed posi- glass holder.
tion.
If some items in the cool box block
the vent, the cooling effectiveness of
the coolbox is reduced.

4 131
Features of your vehicle

Luggage box (if equipped)


WARNING - Avoid
distracted
driving
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is OPS043198
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-
by an open sunglass holder. tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
• Do not put the glasses forcibly easy access.
into a sunglass holder to pre-
vent breakage or deformation
of glasses. It may cause per-
sonal injury if you try to open
it forcibly when the glasses
are jammed in holder.

4 132
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder Sunvisor

WARNING - Hot liquids


Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you burn
yourself. Such a burn to the
driver could lead to loss of con- OPS043067
trol of the vehicle.

OVG049174

Use the sunvisor to shield direct light


through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
OPS043066 To use the sunvisor for the side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
ward or backward (3). (if equipped)
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
To use the vanity mirror lamp, switch
it on. (if equipped)
OPS043068
The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is
Cups or small beverage cans may be provided for holding a tollgate ticket.
placed in the cup holders.

4 133
Features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi-


CAUTION - Vanity tions where the operation of the seat
■ Type A
mirror lamp warmer is not needed, keep the
(if equipped) switches in the "OFF" position.
If you use the vanity mirror • Each time you press the switch,
lamp, turn off the lamp before the temperature setting of the seat
return the sunvisor to its origi- will change as follows :
nal position. It could result in
• Type A • Type B
battery discharge and possible → →
sunvisor damage. OFF OFF


OPS033012
HIGH ( ) HIGH ( )
WARNING


■ Type B
For your safety, do not obstruct LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )*


your vision when using the sun-
visor. LOW ( )

• The seat warmer defaults to the


OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
OPS033013 warmer operating, the seat warmer
The seat warmer is provided to warm will turn OFF.
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON ✽ NOTICE
position, push either of the switches With the seat warmer switch in the
to warm the driver's seat or the front ON position, the heating system in the
passenger's seat. seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.

4 134
Features of your vehicle

Seat air ventilation (if equipped)


CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer
• When cleaning the seats, do burns
not use an organic solvent Never allow passengers who
such as paint thinner, ben- may not be able to take care of
zene, alcohol and gasoline. themselves to be exposed to
Doing so may damage the sur- the risk of seat heater burns.
face of the heater or seats. These include:
• To prevent overheating the 1.Infants, children, elderly or
seat warmer, do not place any- disabled persons, or hospital
thing on the seats that insu- outpatients
lates against heat, such as 2.Persons with sensitive skin or
blankets, cushions or seat those that burn easily OPS033014
covers while the seat warmer
is in operation. 3.Fatigued individuals
The temperature setting of the seat
• Do not place heavy or sharp 4.Intoxicated individuals changes according to the switch
objects on seats equipped 5.Individuals taking medication position.
with seat warmers. Damage to that can cause drowsiness or • If you want to cool your seat cush-
the seat warming components sleepiness (sleeping pills, ion, press the switch (blue color).
could occur. cold tablets, etc.)
• Each time you press the button,
• Be careful not to spill liquid the airflow will change as follows:
such as water or beverages on →
the seat. If you spill some liq- OFF


uid, wipe the seat with a dry
towel. Before using the seat HIGH ( )


warmer, dry the seat com-
pletely. MIDDLE ( )


LOW ( )

4 135
Features of your vehicle

• When pressing the switch for more Rear seat warmer (if equipped) • When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat air than 1.5 seconds with the seat
ventilation operating, the seat air warmer operating, the seat warmer
ventilation will turn OFF. will turn OFF.
• The seat air ventilation defaults to • The seat warmer defaults to the
the OFF position whenever the OFF position whenever the engine
ignition switch is turned on. start/stop button (the ignition switch)
is turned on.
CAUTION - Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do ✽ NOTICE
not use an organic solvent With the seat warmer switch in the
such as paint thinner, ben- ON position, the heating system in
zene, alcohol and gasoline. OPS033031 the seat turns off or on automatically
Doing so may damage the air depending on the seat temperature.
The seat warmer is provided to warm
ventilation seat. the rear outboard seats during cold
• Do not place heavy or sharp weather. With the ignition switch in
objects on the seat. Those the ON position, push either of the
things may damage the air switches to warm rear seats.
ventilation seat. During mild weather or under condi-
• Be careful not to spill liquid tions where the operation of the seat
such as water or beverages on warmer is not needed, keep the
the seat. If you spill some liquid, switches in the "OFF" position.
wipe the seat with a dry towel.
Before using the air ventilation OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
seat, dry the seat completely.

4 136
Features of your vehicle

Power outlet (if equipped)


CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer
■ Front (Type A)
• When cleaning the seats, do burns
not use an organic solvent Never allow passengers who
such as thinner, benzene, alco- may not be able to take care of
hol and gasoline. Doing so may themselves to be exposed to
damage the surface of the the risk of seat heater burns.
heater or seats. These include:
• To prevent overheating the seat 1.Infants, children, elderly or
warmer, do not place anything disabled persons, or hospital
on the seats that insulates outpatients
against heat, such as blankets,
cushions or seat covers while 2.Persons with sensitive skin or OPS043069
■ Rear (if equipped)
the seat warmer is in operation. those that burn easily
• Do not place heavy or sharp 3.Fatigued individuals
objects on seats equipped 4.Intoxicated individuals
with seat warmers. Damage to 5.Individuals taking medication
the seat warming components that can cause drowsiness or
could occur. sleepiness (sleeping pills,
• Be careful not to spill liquid cold tablets, etc.)
such as water or beverages on
the seat. If you spill some liquid,
wipe the seat with a dry towel. OPS043070
Before using the seat warmer,
dry the seat completely. The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.

4 137
Features of your vehicle

• Use the power outlet only when the Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s)
engine is running and remove the
■ Driver's side ■ Passenger's side
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged peri-
ods of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A(Driver’s
side) or 15A(Passenger’s side) in
electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet. ORP042186 OTFNCO2001
• Close the cover when not in use.
To use the hanger, pull down the When using a floor mat on the floor
• Some electronic devices can cause upper portion of hanger. carpet, make sure it attaches to the
electronic interference when floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.
plugged into a vehicle’s power out- This keeps the floor mat from sliding
let. These devices may cause CAUTION - Hanging
clothing forward.
excessive audio static and malfunc-
tions in other electronic systems or • Do not hang heavy clothes,
devices used in your vehicle. since those may damage the WARNING - After market
hook. floor mat
WARNING - Electric • Be careful when opening and Do not install aftermarket floor
shock closing the doors. Clothes, mats that are not capable of
Do not put a finger or a foreign etc. may get caught between being securely attached to the
element (pin, etc.) into a power the door gap. vehicle's floor mat anchors.
outlet and do not touch with a Unsecured floor mats can inter-
wet hand.You may get an electric fere with pedal operation.
shock.

4 138
Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed Luggage net holder


when installing ANY floormat to the (if equipped) WARNING - Luggage net
vehicle. • Always keep your face and
• Ensure that the floormats are body out of the luggage net
securely attached to the vehicle's recoil path and avoid using
floormat anchor(s) before driving the luggage net when the
the vehicle. straps have visible signs of
• Do not use ANY floormat that can- wear or damage. The luggage
not be firmly attached to the vehi- net can snap and cause
cle's floormat anchors. injuries.
• Do not stack floormats on top of • All cargo should be evenly
one another (e.g. all-weather rub- distributed, properly secured
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor- and never piled higher than
mat). Only a single floormat should the seatback.
OPS043193
be installed in each position.
To keep items from shifting in the
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was cargo area, you can use the holders
manufactured with driver's side floor- located in the cargo area to attach
mat anchors that are designed to the luggage net.
securely hold the floormat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal If necessary, contact your authorized
operation, Kia recommends that only Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net.
the Kia floormat designed for use in To prevent damage to the goods or
your vehicle be installed. the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.

4 139
Features of your vehicle

Cargo area cover (if equipped)


WARNING - Objects
• Do not place objects on the
cargo area cover. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possi-
bly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
• All cargo should be evenly
distributed, properly secured
OPS043200 and never piled higher than
To use the cargo area cover, insert the seatback.
OPS043199
the 4 edges into the slots.
Use the cargo area cover to hide
items stored in the cargo area. CAUTION - Luggage
Since the cargo area cover may
be damaged or malformed, do
not apply excessive force to the
cover or do not put the heavy
loads on it.

4 140
Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES
Mounting bracket for roof carrier
(if equipped) WARNING
Use a coin or flat blade driver
when you remove the roof carri-
er cover.
If you use your fingernail, it may
injure your finger.

OED046091
2. Rotate the cover half way and
OPS043207
insert the cover on the roof hole as
the illustration.
To install or remove a roof carrier,
you can use the mounting bracket
and cover on the roof. ✽ NOTICE
When you install a roof carrier, do To prevent losing the roof carrier
the following procedure. cover, install the cover on the roof
before you install the roof carrier.
1. Insert a slim tool (coin or flat blade 3. After using the roof carrier, install
driver) into the slot and slide the the cover back on the roof in the
cover toward the arrow on the reverse order.
cover.

4 141
Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun-
WARNING
roof, be sure not to position cargo • The vehicle center of gravity will
onto the roof in such a way that it be higher when items are
could interfere with sunroof opera- loaded onto the roof. Avoid sud-
tion. den starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high
speeds that may result in loss
CAUTION of vehicle control or rollover
• When carrying cargo on the resulting in an accident.
roof, take the necessary pre- • Always drive slowly and turn
cautions to make sure the corners carefully when carry-
cargo does not damage the ing items on the roof. Severe
roof of the vehicle. wind updrafts, caused by pass-
• When carrying large objects ing vehicles or natural causes,
on the roof, make sure they do can cause sudden upward
not exceed the overall roof pressure on items loaded on
length or width. the roof. This is especially true
when carrying large, flat items
such as wood panels or mat-
tresses. This could cause the
items to fall off the roof and
cause damage to your vehicle
or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check fre-
quently before or while driving
to make sure the items on the
roof are securely fastened.

4 142
Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM
If you install aftermarket HID head Antenna (if equipped)
lamps, your vehicle’s audio and elec- CAUTION - Antenna
tronic devices may malfunction. Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna by
rotating it counterclockwise. If
not, the antenna may be dam-
aged.

• When reinstalling your roof anten-


na, it is important that it is fully
tightened and adjusted to the
OHM048154N upright position to ensure proper
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to reception.
receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- • When cargo is loaded on the roof
nals. rack, do not place the cargo near
This antenna is removable. To the antenna pole to ensure proper
remove the roof antenna, turn it reception.
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna, turn it clockwise.

4 143
Features of your vehicle

Audio remote control VOLUME (VOL+/ VOL-) (1)


(if equipped) WARNING • Push the VOL + to increase volume.
Driving while distracted can • Push the VOL - to decrease volume.
result in a loss of vehicle con-
trol that may lead to an acci-
dent, severe personal injury and SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
death. The driver’s primary If the SEEK/PRESET button is
responsibility is in the safe and pressed for 1 second or more, it will
legal operation of a vehicle, and work as follows in each mode.
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s RADIO mode
eyes, attention and focus away It will function as the AUTO SEEK
from the safe operation of a select button.
OPS043190 vehicle or that are not permissi-
The steering wheel audio remote ble by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle. CDP mode
control button may be installed.
It will function as the FF/REW button.
Do not operate the audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
CDC mode
It will function as the DISC
UP/DOWN button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is


pressed for less than 1 second, it will
work as follows in each mode.

4 144
Features of your vehicle

RADIO mode Aux, USB and iPod® * port When using a portable audio device
It will function as the PRESET STA- (if equipped) connected to the power outlet, noise
TION select buttons. may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
CDP mode
It will function as the TRACK * iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
UP/DOWN button.

CDC mode
It will function as the TRACK
UP/DOWN button.

OPS043194
MODE (3)
Press the button to select Radio or If your vehicle has an aux and/or
CD (compact disc). USB(universal serial bus) port or
iPod® port, you can use an aux port
to connect audio devices and an USB
Detailed information for audio control port to plug in an USB and also an
buttons is described in the following iPod® port to plug in an iPod®.
pages in this section.

4 145
Features of your vehicle

Advanced lighting speaker 1. OFF : The light turns off. ✽ NOTICE


(if equipped) 2. MUSIC : When the doors are opened, the
The light blinks or changes shade lighting system will not operate.
according to the sound of the audio.
If the audio is not turned on, the
light does not turn on.
3. MOOD :
The light shade changes automat-
ically at regular interval.
4. +/- :
When the lights are on, push the
OPS043195 illumination button to adjust the
light intensity.
If low lighting grade is selected, the
intensity of light may be weak or
may not illuminate according to the
audio volume or selected condition.
The lighting around the front speaker
may not illuminate when the sound of
the audio is low.
OPS043196 Do not use the lights for extended
The advanced lighting speaker that periods when engine is not running.
lights around the front speaker is It may cause battery discharge.
adjusted by turning the knob as fol-
lows.

4 146
Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception
the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.

¢ ¢¢
¢ ¢¢ ¢ ¢¢

JBM002

JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
AM and FM radio signals are broad- casts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre-
around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance,low
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the
cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than
the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they
speakers. curve around obstructions resulting
However, in some cases the signal in better signal coverage.
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.

4 147
Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005


FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power-
follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency
of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because
begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto
from the station. Also, FM signals are stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs,
easily affected by buildings, moun- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a
tains, and obstructions. This can large obstructions between the stronger signal.
lead to undesirable or unpleasant lis- transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
tening conditions which might lead turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever-
you to believe a problem exists with fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion
your radio. The following conditions the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by
are normal and do not indicate radio effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from
trouble: the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close fre-
quencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.

4 148
Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two-


way radio WARNING WARNING
When a cellular phone is used inside Do not use a cellular phone • Do not stare at the screen
the vehicle, noise may be produced while driving. Stop at a safe while driving. Staring at the
from the audio system. This does not location to use a cellular phone. screen for prolonged periods
mean that something is wrong with of time could lead to traffic
the audio equipment. In such a case, accidents.
try to operate mobile devices as far • Do not disassemble, assem-
from the audio equipment as possi- ble, or modify the audio sys-
ble. tem. Such acts could result in
accidents, fire, or electric
CAUTION shock.
When using a communication • Using the phone while driving
system such as a cellular phone may lead to a lack of attention
or a radio set inside the vehicle, of traffic conditions and
a separate external antenna increase the likelihood of
must be fitted. When a cellular accidents. Use the phone
phone or a radio set is used feature after parking the vehi-
with an internal antenna alone, cle.
it may interfere with the vehi- • Heed caution not to spill water
cle's electrical system and or introduce foreign objects
adversely affect safe operation into the device. Such acts
of the vehicle. could lead to smoke, fire, or
product malfunction.
(Continued)

4 149
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) CAUTION (Continued)


• Please refrain from use if the • Using the audio system while • Turn on the car ignition before
screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to acci- using the audio system Do not
can be heard as these signs dents due to a lack of atten- operate the audio system for
may indicate product mal- tion to external surroundings. long periods of time with the
function. Continued use First park the vehicle before ignition turned off as such
in such conditions could lead operating the device. operations may lead to battery
to accidents(fires, electric discharge.
shock) or product malfunc- • Adjust the volume to levels
that allow the driver to hear • Do not subject the device to
tions. severe shock or impact. Direct
sounds from outside of the
• Do not touch the antenna dur- vehicle. Driving in a state pressure onto the front side of
ing thunder or lightening as where external sounds cannot the monitor may cause dam-
such acts may lead to light- be heard may lead to acci- age to the LCD or touch
ning induced electric shock. dents. screen.
• Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume • When cleaning the device,
ing-restricted areas to operate setting when turning the make sure to turn off the
the product. Such acts could device on. A sudden output of audio system and use a dry
lead to traffic accidents. extreme volume upon turning and smooth cloth. Never use
• Use the system with the vehi- the device on could lead to tough materials, chemical
cle ignition turned on. hearing impairment. (Adjust cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
Prolonged use with the igni- the volume to a suitable levels benzene, thinners, etc.) as
tion turned off could result in before turning off the device.) such materials may damage
battery discharge. the device panel or cause
(Continued) color/quality deterioration
(Continued)

4 150
Features of your vehicle

(Continued)
• Do not place beverages close
to the audio system. Spilling
beverages may lead to system
malfunction.
• In case of product malfunction,
please contact your place of pur-
chase or After Service center.
• Placing the audio system
within an electromagnetic
environment may result in
noise interference.
• Prevent caustic solutions
such as perfume and cosmet-
ic oil from contacting the
dashboard because they may
cause damage or discol-
oration.

4 151
Features of your vehicle

USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)


• To use an external USB device, • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise
make sure the device is not con- not recognizable. when connecting or disconnect-
nected when starting up the • Depending on the condition of ing a USB device.
vehicle. Connect the device after the external USB device, the • If you disconnect the external
starting up. connected external USB device USB device during playback in
• If you start the engine when the can be unrecognizable. USB mode, the external USB
USB device is connected, it may • When the formatted byte/sector device can be damaged or may
damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is malfunction. Therefore, discon-
flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or nect the external USB device
electric shock.) 2048BYTE, then the device will when the audio is turned off or in
not be recognized. another mode. (e.g, Radio)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB • Use only a USB device format- • Depending on the type and
device is connected, the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. capacity of the external USB
USB device may not work. device or the type of the files
• USB devices without USB I/F stored in the device, there is a
• The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog- difference in the time for recogni-
thenticated MP3 or WMA files. nizable. tion the device.
1) It can only play MP3 files with • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for
the compression rate terminal does not come in con- purposes other than playing
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. tact with the human body or music files.
2) It can only play WMA music other objects.
• Playing videos through the USB
files with the compression • If you repeatedly connect or dis- is not supported.
rate between 8Kbps ~ connect the USB device in a
320Kbps. short period of time, it may break • Use of USB accessories such as
the device. rechargers or heaters using USB
• Take precautions for static elec-
I/F may lower performance or
tricity when connecting or discon- (Continued) cause trouble.
necting the external USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)

4 152
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued)
• If you use devices such as a • Some USB flash memory read-
USB hub purchased separately, ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
the vehicle’s audio system may etc.) or external-HDD type
not recognize the USB device. In devices can be unrecognizable.
that case, connect the USB • Music files protected by DRM
device directly to the multimedia (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
terminal of the vehicle. MENT) are not recognizable.
• If the USB device is divided by • The data in the USB memory
logical drives, only the music may be lost while using this
files on the highest-priority drive audio. Always back up important
are recognized by car audio. data on a personal storage
• Devices such as MP3 Player/ device.
Cellular phone/Digital camera • Please avoid using
can be unrecognizable by stan- USB memory prod-
dard USB I/F can be unrecogniz- ucts which can be
able. used as key chains or
• Charging through the USB may cellular phone acces-
not be supported in some mobile sories as they could cause dam-
devices. age to the USB jack. Please
• USB HDD or USB types liable to make certain only to use plug
connection failures due to vehi- type connector products.
cle vibrations are not supported.
(i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB
devices (METAL COVER TYPE
USB) can be unrecognizable.
(Continued)

4 153
Features of your vehicle

USING iPod® DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)


iPod is a registered trademark of
® • Some iPod® devices, such as the • When connecting iPod® with the
Apple Inc. iPhone®, can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the con-
iPhone® is a registered grademark of through the Bluetooth® Wireless nector to the multimedia socket
Apple inc. Technology interface. The device completely. If not inserted com-
must have audio Bluetooth® pletely, communications between
• Some iPod® models may not sup- Wireless Technology capability iPod® and audio may be interrupt-
port communication protocol and (such as for stereo headphone ed.
files may not properly play. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ). • When adjusting the sound effects
Supported iPod® models: The device can play, but it will not of the iPod® and the audio system,
- iPhone® 3GS/4 be controlled by the audio system. the sound effects of both devices
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation • To use iPod® features within the will overlap and might reduce or
audio, use the cable provided upon distort the quality of the sound.
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation purchasing an iPod® device. • Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
- iPod® classic • Skipping or improper operation function of an iPod® when adjust-
• The order of search or playback of may occur depending on the char- ing the audio system’s volume, and
songs in the iPod® can be different acteristics of your iPod®/iPhone® turn off the equalizer of the audio
from the order searched in the device. system when using the equalizer of
audio system. • If your iPhone® is connected to an iPod®.
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its both the Bluetooth® Wireless • When not using iPod® with car
own malfunction, reset the iPod®. Technology and USB, only support audio, detach the iPod® cable from
(Reset: Refer to iPod® manual) iPod® mode because the sound iPod®. Otherwise, iPod® may
• An iPod® may not operate normally may not be properly played in remain in accessory mode, and
on low battery. Bluetooth® Audio Streaming. To may not work properly.
(Continued) use Bluetooth® Audio Streaming,
disconnect iPod® cable with
iPhone®.
(Continued)

4 154
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Before Using the Bluetooth® Precautions for Safe Driving
Technology(if equipped) Wireless Technology
Handsfree
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology that enables drivers to practice
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos What is Bluetooth® ? safe driving. Connecting the head
are registered trademarks owned by • Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance unit with a Bluetooth® phone allows
Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of wireless networking technology the user to conveniently make and
such marks by Kia is under license. which uses a 2.4GHz ~ 2.48GHz receive calls and use contacts.
frequency to connect various Before using Bluetooth®, carefully
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is
devices within a certain distance. read the contents of this user’s
required to use Bluetooth® wireless
manual.
technology. • Supported within PCs, external
devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs, • Excessive use or operations while
various electronic devices, and driving may lead to negligent driv-
WARNING ing practices and result in acci-
automotive environments,
Driving while distracted can Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- dents. Refrain from excessive
result in a loss of vehicle control mitted at high speeds without hav- operations while driving.
that may lead to an accident, ing to use a connector cable. • Viewing the screen for prolonged
severe personal injury, and periods of time is dangerous and
death. The driver’s primary • Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a
device which allows the user to may lead to accidents. When driv-
responsibility is in the safe and ing, view the screen only for short
legal operation of a vehicle, and conveniently make phone calls with
Bluetooth® mobile phones through periods of time.
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle sys- the audio system.
tems which take the driver’s • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
eyes, attention and focus away supported in some mobile phones.
from the safe operation of a vehi- To learn more about mobile device
cle or which are not permissible compatibility, visit www.kia.com.
by law should never be used dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.

4 155
Features of your vehicle

When connecting a Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting


Phone the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may
with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently disconnect-
see that the mobile phone sup- ed in some mobile phones. Follow
ports Bluetooth® features. these steps to try again.
• Even if the phone supports 1. Within the mobile phone, turn
Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth® function off/on
found during device searches if the and try again.
phone has been set to hidden state 2. Turn the mobile phone power
or the Bluetooth® power is turned Off/On and try again.
off. Disable the hidden state or turn 3. Reboot the audio system and try
on the Bluetooth® power prior to again.
searching/connecting with the
4. Delete all paired devices, pair
Head unit.
and try again.
• If you do not want automatic con-
• Handsfree call quality and volume
nection with your Bluetooth®
may differ depending on the model
device, turn off the Bluetooth® fea-
of your mobile phone.
ture within your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on the
mobile phone.

4 156
Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition (Continued)


- When driving on rugged and
• When using the voice recognition uneven roads
feature, only commands listed - During severe rain (heavy rains,
within the user's manual are sup- windstorms)
ported. • Phone related voice commands
• Be aware that during the operation can be used only when a
of the voice recognition system, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
pressing any key other than the device is connected.
key terminate voice recogni- • When making calls by stating a
tion mode. name, the corresponding contact
• For superior voice recognition per- must be downloaded and stored
formance, position the microphone within the audio system.
used for voice recognition above • After downloading the Bluetooth®
the head of the driver’s seat and Wireless Technology phone book,
maintain a proper position when it takes some times to convert the
saying commands. phone book data into voice infor-
• Within the following situations, mation. During this time, voice
voice recognition may not function recognition may not properly oper-
properly due to external sound. ate.
- When the windows and sunroof • Pronounce the voice commands
are open naturally and clearly as if in a nor-
- When the blower AC/heater is set mal conversation.
to high
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)

4 157
Features of your vehicle

■ AUDIO : AM1A0B2AN, AM1A0B2KN

PS34001N

4 158
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM CONTROLLERS ❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up SETUP


(4) CLOCK
screen will be displayed when
AND FUNCTIONS [Mode Pop up] is turned On . Briefly press the key (under 0.8 sec-
When the pop up screen is dis- onds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
❈ Display and settings may differ played, use the TUNE knob or Clock, Phone, System setting modes
depending on the selected audio. keys 1 ~ 6 to select the Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-
desired mode. onds) : Move to the Time setting screen
Audio Head Unit
(2) MEDIA SEEK
(5) TRACK
Changes to USB(iPod®), AUX, My Radio Mode : Automatically search-
Music, BT Audio mode. es for broadcast frequencies.
Each time the key is pressed, the USB, iPod®, My Music modes
mode is changed in order of - Briefly press the key (under 0.8
USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT seconds): Moves to next or previ-
Audio. ous song (file)
❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop - Press and hold the key (over 0.8
up screen will be displayed when seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards
[Mode Pop up] is turned On . the current song.
When the pop up screen is dis-
PS34001N played, use the TUNE knob or BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the previous song(file)
(1) RADIO desired mode. ❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper-
Changes to FM/AM/SiriusXMTM mode. ate differently depending on the
Each time the key is pressed, the mobile phone.
(3) PHONE
mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3. Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected,
the connection screen is dis-
played.

4 159
Features of your vehicle

(6) PWR/VOL knob (9) SCAN


Power : Turns power On/Off by Radio mode
pressing the knob - Shortly press the key : Previews
Volume : Sets volume by turning each broadcast for 5 seconds
the knob left/right each.
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8
(7) 1 ~ 6 (Preset) seconds): Previews the broadcasts
Radio mode: Saves frequencies saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5
(channels) or receives saved fre- seconds each.
quencies (channels) ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
USB, iPod®, My Music mode
PS34001N continue listening to the current
frequency.
- 1 RPT : Repeat
(8) DISP ❈ SAT Radio does not support the
- 2 RDM : Random Preset scan feature.
Each time the button is pressed, it
In the Radio, Media, Setup, and sets the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟ USB, My Music mode
Menu pop up screen, the number Screen Off
menu is selected. - Briefly press the key (under 0.8
❈ Audio operation is maintained and seconds): Previews each song
only the screen will be turned Off. (file) for 10 seconds each.
In the screen Off state, press any ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
key to turn the screen On again. continue listening to the current
song (file).

(10) MENU
Displays menus for the current mode.
❈ iPod List : Move to parent category

4 160
Features of your vehicle

(11) BACK (13) TUNE knob


Go to previous depth(no previous AM/FM mode :
screen) - Changes frequency by turning the
knob left/right.
CAT
(12) FOLDER SiriusXMTM Radio Mode:
Radio mode - Changes the station by turning the
- SiriusXMTM RADIO : Category knob left/right. Press knob to
Search select station.
- USB mode : Folder Search USB, iPod®, My Music mode:
- Searches songs (files) by turning
the knob left/right.
❈ When the desired song is displayed,
press the knob to play the song.
Moves focus in all selection menus
and selects menus.

4 161
Features of your vehicle

SETUP Mode Pop up


[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
Display Settings • During On state, press the RADIO
or MEDIA key to display the mode
Press the SETUP key Select [Display] change pop up screen.
through TUNE knob or 1 key
Select menu through TUNE knob
Text Scroll
[Text Scroll] Set On / Off
• On : Maintains scroll
• Off : Scrolls only one (1) time.

Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’
or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.

4 162
Features of your vehicle

SOUND SETTINGS Sound Settings


This menu allows you to set the Speed Dependent Volume Control
‘Bass, Middle, Treble’ and the Sound This feature will gradually increase
Press the SETUP key Select [Sound] Fader and Balance. the volume as speed increases to
through TUNE knob or 2 key offset outside noise.
Select menu through TUNE knob Select [Sound Settings] Select
menu through TUNE knob Turn Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
TUNE knob left/right to set in 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the TUNE knob
sound tone.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound
fader and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Back : While adjusting values,
pressing the TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu.
Voice Recognition Volume
Adjusts voice recognition volume.
Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
volume of TUNE knob

4 163
Features of your vehicle

CLOCK SETTINGS Sound Settings ❈ Adjust the number currently in


This menu is used to set the time. focus to make the settings and
press the tune knob to move to the
Press the SETUP
CLOCK key Select [Clock] Select [Clock Settings] Set through next setting. (Set in order of
through TUNE knob or 3 key TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Year/Month/Day)
Select menu through TUNE knob
Time Format
This function is used to set the
12/24 hour time format of the
audio system. Select [Time
Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr through
TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in
focus to set the [hour] and press
the tune knob to set the [minute]. Clock Display when Power is OFF
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set
Calendar Settings On / Off through TUNE knob
This menu is used to set the date
(MM/DD/YYYY). On : Displays time/date on screen
Select [Calendar Settings] Set through Off : Turn off.
TUNE knob Press TUNE knob

4 164
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information • Off : This mode is for expert users
Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during
total system memory. voice command operation. (When
Press the SETUP key Select using Expert mode, guidance
[System] Select menu through Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through
TUNE knob The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
played on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side. Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language]
Set through TUNE knob

Prompt Feedback
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes. ❈ The system will reboot after the
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed.
through TUNE knob ❈ Language support by region
• On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol
users and provides detailed
instructions during voice command
operation.

4 165
Features of your vehicle

RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUSTM Preset SEEK Selecting through manual


Press the 1 ~ 6 key search
• Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
seconds): Plays the frequency adjust the frequency.
saved in the corresponding key. • FM : Changes by 200KHz
• Pressing and holding the key (over • AM : Changes by 10KHz
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the currently playing
broadcast to the selected key and
SEEK sound a BEEP.
SEEK
Press the TRACK key
• Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 SCAN
seconds): Automatically searches
for the next station. Press the SCAN key
• Pressing and holding the key (over • Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8
0.8 seconds): While holding the key, seconds): The broadcast frequency
frequency changes without stop- increases and previews each
ping. When the key is released, broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
automatically searches for the next scanning all frequencies, returns
frequency from that point. and plays the current broadcast fre-
quency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-
casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.

4 166
Features of your vehicle

MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through TUNE knob or 1 key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.

4 167
Features of your vehicle

SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio information


Satellite Radio channels: • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- NOTE:
SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio offers ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over- All SiriusXMTM services require a
150+ channels with 100% commer- passes, parking garages, dense subscription, sold separately or
cial-free music, plus sports, news, tree foliage and thunderstorms can as a package, after 3-month trial
talk and entertainment, available interfere with your reception. included with vehicle purchase or
nationwide in your vehicle. For more SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio service: lease. If you decide to continue
information and a complete list of your SiriusXMTM service at the end
SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio channels, SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio is a sub- of your trial subscription, the plan
visit www.siriusxm.com in the United scription-based satellite radio service you choose will automatically
States, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, that broadcasts music, sports, news renew and bill at then-current
or call SiriusXMTM at 1-800-643-2112. and entertainment programming to rates until you call us at 1-866-
radio receivers, which are available for 635-2349 to cancel. See our
Satellite Radio reception factors: installation in motor vehicles or factory Customer Agreement for com-
To receive the satellite signal, your installed, as well as for the home, plete terms at www.siriusxm.com.
vehicle has been equipped with a portable and wireless devices, and Other fees and taxes apply. All
satellite radio antenna located on the through an Internet connection on per- fees and programming are subject
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof sonal computer. to change. Sirius satellite service
provides the best location for an Vehicles that are equipped with a fac- is available only to those at least
unobstructed, open view of the sky, a tory installed SiriusXMTM Satellite 18 and older in the 48 contiguous
requirement of a satellite radio sys- Radio system include: USA, D.C., and PR (with coverage
tem. Like AM/FM, there are several • Hardware and an introductory trial limitations). Our Internet radio
factors that can affect satellite radio subscription term, which begins on service is available throughout
reception performance: the date of sale or lease of the vehicle. our satellite service area and in
• Antenna obstructions: For optimal • For a small upgrade fee, access to AK and HI. Certain channels are
reception performance, keep the SiriusXMTM music channels, and other not available on our Internet radio
antenna clear of snow and ice build- select channels over the Internet service or on mobile devices.
up and keep luggage and other using any computer connected to the © 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc. Sirius,
material as far away from the anten- Internet (U.S. customers only). XM and all related marks and logos
na as possible. For information on extended sub- are trademarks of SiriusXMTM
scription terms, contact SiriusXMTM Radio Inc. All rights reserved
at 1-866-635-2349.
4 168
Features of your vehicle

SiriusXMTM RADIO Please note that the vehicle will need SCAN
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
Press the SCAN key
have an unobstructed view of the sky
Using SiriusXMTM Satellite in order for the radio to receive the • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
Radio activation signal. seconds): Previews each broad-
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 cast for 10 seconds each
month complimentary period of ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
SiriusXMTM Satellite Radio so you SEEK continue listening to the current
SEEK
have access to over 220 channels of Press the TRACK key frequency
music, information, and entertain- • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
ment programming. seconds): select previous or next channels are changed within the
channel. current category.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): continuously move Category
to previous or next channel. CAT
Press the FOLDER key Set
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, through the TUNE knob
channels are changed within the • The display will indicate the catego-
current category. ry menus, highlight the category
Activation that the current channel belongs to.
In order to extend or reactivate your
• In the Category List Mode, press
subscription to SiriusXMTM Satellite CAT
Radio, you will need to contact the FOLDER key to navigate cat-
SiriusXMTM Customer Care at 1-800- egory list.
643-2112. Have your 12 digit SID • Press the tune knob to select the
(Sirius Identification Number) / ESN lowest channel in the highlighted
(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To category.
retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the ❈ If channel is selected by selecting
radio, press the [RADIO] button, and category, then the “CATEGORY”
tune to channel zero. icon is displayed at the top of the
screen.
4 169
Features of your vehicle

Preset Tune
Press the RADIO key 1 ~ 6 • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes
• Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 the channel number or scrolls cat-
seconds): Plays the frequency egory list.
saved in the corresponding key. • Press TUNE knob : Selects the
• Pressing and holding the key (over menu.
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 Menu
will save the current broadcast to
the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the
BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU key
Select [ Info] through the TUNE
✽ Troubleshooting knob or 1 RPT key
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the anten-
na or antenna cable is broken or Info (Information)
unplugged. Please consult with your Displays the Artist/Song info of the
Kia dealership. current song.
2. Acquiring Signal
If this message is displayed, it means
that the antenna is covered and that
the SIRIUSTM Satellite Radio signal is
not available. Ensure the antenna is
uncovered and has a clear view of the
sky.

4 170
Features of your vehicle

BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat Random


USB / iPod® / My Music While song (file) is playing 1 RPT While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
(RPT) key (RDM) key
USB, iPod®, My Music mode: RPT on My Music mode: RDM on screen
Press the MEDIA key to change the screen
mod mode in order of USB(iPod®) ➟ • Random (press the key) : Plays all
AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio. • To repeat one song (press the key) songs in random order.
: Repeats the current song. USB mode: FLD.RDM on screen
The folder/file name is displayed on
the screen. USB mode: FLD.RPT on screen • Folder Random (press the key) :
• To repeat folder (pressing twice): Plays all files within the current
repeats all files within the current folder in random order.
folder. iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen
❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn • All Random (press the key) : Plays
off repeat. all files in random order.
USB : ALL RDM on screen
• All Random (pressing twice): Plays
<USB> all files in random order.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn
off random.

<My Music>

❈ The USB music is automatically


played when a USB is connected.

4 171
Features of your vehicle

Changing Song/File Scan Folder Search : USB Mode


While file is playing CAT
While song (file) is playing While song (file) is playing SCAN FOLDER
SEEK key key (Folder Up) key
TRACK
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the • Shortly pressing the key : Scans all • Searches the next folder.
current song from the beginning. songs from the next song for 10 While file is playing CAT
FOLDER
❈ If the SEEK
TRACK key is pressed seconds each. (Folder Down) key
again within 2 second, the previ- ❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn • Searches the parent folder.
ous song is played. off. ❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
• Pressing and holding the key (over ❈ The SCAN function is not support- the TUNE knob, the first file
0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song. ed in iPod® mode. within the selected folder will be
played.
While song (file) is playing ❈ In iPod® mode, moves to the
SEEK key Parent Folder.
TRACK
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
next song. Searching Songs (File)
• Pressing and holding the key (over • Turning TUNE knob : Searches
0.8 seconds) : Fast forwards the for songs (files)
song. • Pressing TUNE knob : Plays
selected song (file).

4 172
Features of your vehicle

MENU : USB Folder Random Information


Press the USB mode MENU key to Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
set the Repeat, Folder Random, through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or 5
Folder Repeat, All Random, key to randomly play songs within the key to display information of the cur-
Information, and Copy features. rent song.
current folder.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off. info display.

Folder Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 3
key to repeat songs within the cur-
rent folder.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT All Random
key to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
❈ Press RPT again to turn off. through the TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
USB.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.

4 173
Features of your vehicle

Copy MENU : iPod® Information


Press the MENU key Set [ In iPod mode, press the
® MENU key to Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
Copy] through the TUNE knob set the Repeat, Random, Information through the TUNE knob or 3
or 6 key. and Search features. key.
This is used to copy the current song Displays information of the current
into My Music. You can play the song.
copied Music in My Music mode. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
❈ If another key is pressed while info display.
copying is in progress, a pop up
asking you whether to cancel Search
copying is displayed.
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
❈ If another media is connected or through the TUNE knob or 4
inserted (USB, iPod®, AUX) while Repeat
key.
copying is in progress, copying is Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
canceled. Displays iPod® category list.
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
❈ Music will not be played while key to repeat the current song. ❈ Searching iPod® category is
copying is in progress. MENU key pressed, move to par-
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
ent category.

Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

4 174
Features of your vehicle

MENU : My Music Mode Information ➀ Select the file you wish to delete
Press the MENU key Set [ Info] by using the TUNE knob.
through the TUNE knob or 3 ➁ Press the MENU key and select
In My Music mode, press the MENU the delete menu to delete the
key to set the Repeat, Random, key.
Displays information of the current selected file.
Information, Delete, Delete All, and
Delete Selection features. song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off Delete All
info display. Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Delete Deletes all songs of My Music.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the TUNE knob or 4 Delete Selection
key.
Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
Deletes currently playing file
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 6
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT In the play screen, pressing delete key.
key. will delete the currently playing song.
Songs within My Music are selected
Repeats the currently playing song. Deletes file from list and deleted.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off. ➀ Select the songs you wish to
delete from the list.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.

4 175
Features of your vehicle

➁ After selecting, press MENU key AUX


and select the delete menu. AUX is used to play external MEDIA
currently connected with the AUX
terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start
when an external device is connect-
ed with the AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.

My Music
• Even if memory is available, a
maximum of 6,000 songs can be
stored.
• The same song can be copied up
to 1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the ❈ AUX mode cannot be started
System menu of Setup. unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.

AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.

4 176
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The Bluetooth® word mark and logos • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
AUDIO (if equipped) are registered trademarks owned by audio can be used only when the
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of [Audio Streaming] of Phone is
such marks by Kia is under license. turned On .
What is Bluetooth® Wireless Other trademarks and trade names ❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology? are those of their respective owners. Technology Audio Streaming :
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is Press the SETUP key Select
allows devices to be connected in a required to use Bluetooth® Wireless [Phone] Select [Audio Streaming]
short distance, including hands-free Technology through the TUNE knob Set
devices, stereo headsets, wireless On / Off
remote controllers, etc. For more
information, visit the Bluetooth® WARNING
Wireless Technology website at Driving while distracted can
www.Bluetooth.com result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless severe personal injury, and
Technology audio features death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology legal operation of a vehicle, and
audio may not be supported use of any handheld devices,
depending on the compatibility of other equipment, or vehicle sys-
your Bluetooth® Wireless tems which take the driver’s
Technology mobile phone. eyes, attention and focus away
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless from the safe operation of a vehi-
Technology audio, you must first cle or which are not permissible
pair and connect the Bluetooth® by law should never be used dur-
Wireless Technology mobile phone. ing operation of the vehicle.

4 177
Features of your vehicle

Starting Bluetooth® Wireless Using the Bluetooth® Wireless


Technology Audio Technology audio features
• Press the MEDIA key to change • Play / Stop
the mode in order of USB➟AUX Press the TUNE knob to play and
➟My Music➟BT Audio. pause the current song.
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio will start
playing.
❈ Audio may not automatically start
playing in some mobile phones.

❈ The title / artist info may not be


supported in some mobile phone.
When it is not supported, no
title/no artist will be displayed.
• Previous / Next song
SEEK SEEK
Press TRACK or TRACK to play
previous or next song.
❈ The previous song / next song /
play / pause functions may not be
supported in some mobile
phones.

4 178
Features of your vehicle

PHONE(IF EQUIPPED) Making a call using the USB, iPod, My Music Modes
Steering-wheel mounted controls - Briefly press the key: Move to
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless next or previous song.
Technology phone features - Press and hold the key: Rewinds
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless or fast-forwards the current song.
Technology phone, you must first (4) button : Activates voice recog-
pair and connect the Bluetooth® nition.
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
(5) button : Places and transfers
• If the mobile phone is not paired or calls.
connected, it is not possible to
enter Phone mode. Once a phone (6) button : Ends calls or cancels
is paired or connected, the guid- functions.
ance screen will be displayed.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- (1) MODE button : Mode changes
tion (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® each time the button pressed.
Wireless Technology phone will be (2) VOLUME button : Raises or low-
automatically connected. Even if ers speaker volume.
you are outside, the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be (3) / button :
automatically connected once you RADIO mode
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If - Briefly press the key: Move to
you do not want automatic next or previous preset channel.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone connection, set the - Press and hold the key:
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Automatically searches for
power to OFF broadcast frequencies.

4 179
Features of your vehicle

• Check call history and making call Bluetooth® Wireless Technology


➀ Briefly press (under 0.8 seconds) WARNING
the key on the steering Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless Driving while distracted can
remote controller. Technology Device(if result in a loss of vehicle control
equipped) that may lead to an accident,
➁ The call history list will be dis- severe personal injury, and
played on the screen. death. The driver’s primary
➂ Press the key again to con- What is Bluetooth® Wireless responsibility is in the safe and
nect a call to the selected number. Technology Pairing? legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
Pairing refers to the process of syn- other equipment, or vehicle sys-
• Redialing the most recently called chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless tems which take the driver’s
number Technology phone or device with the eyes, attention and focus away
➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) car audio system for connection. from the safe operation of a vehi-
the key on the steering Pairing is necessary to connect and cle or which are not permissible
remote controller. use the Bluetooth® Wireless by law should never be used dur-
Technology feature. ing operation of the vehicle.
➁ The most recently called number
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
is redialed.
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology

4 180
Features of your vehicle

Pairing PHONE Key / Key 2.Select [OK] button to enter the Pair [Non SSP supported device]
on the Steering Remote Phone screen. (SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
Controller 4.After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered. Enter the passkey “0000”
When No Devices have been to pair your Bluetooth® Wireless
Paired Technology device with the car
1.Press the PHONE key or the audio system.
key on the steering remote controller.
The following screen is displayed. 1)Car Name : Name of device as [SSP supported device]
shown when searching from your 4.After a few moments, a screen is
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology displayed 6 digits passkey.
device Check the passkey on your
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
the device device and confirm.

3.From your Bluetooth® Wireless


Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your car
audio system.

5.Once pairing is complete, the fol-


lowing screen is displayed.

4 181
Features of your vehicle

During the pairing process, make sure


that all connection requests on the
phone are accepted for phonebook
download and to allow acceptance of
all future connection requests. " and
"Visit http://www.kia.com/us/#/blue-
tooth for additional information on
pairing your Bluetooth-enabled
mobile phone, and to view a phone
compatibility list.

• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology


devices are paired but none are
currently connected, pressing the
PHONE key or the key on the
steering wheel displays the follow-
ing screen. Select [Pair] button to
pair a new device or select
[Connect] to connect a previously
paired device.

4 182
Features of your vehicle

Pairing through [PHONE] • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Only Bluetooth® Wireless


Setup features supported within the vehi- Technology Handsfree and
cle are as follows. Some features Bluetooth audio related features
may not be supported depending are supported.
Press the SETUP key Select on your Bluetooth® Wireless • Bluetooth related operations are
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Technology device. possible only within devices that
Select TUNE knob - Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree support Handsfree or audio fea-
calls tures, such as a Bluetooth®
- Operations during a call (Switch Wireless Technology mobile phone
to Private, Switch to call waiting, or a Bluetooth audio device.
MIC on/off) • If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless
- Downloading Call History Technology device becomes dis-
connected due to being out of
- Downloading Mobile Contacts communication range, turning the
1. The following steps are the same - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device OFF, or a Bluetooth®
as those described in the section device auto connection Wireless Technology communica-
"When No Devices have been - Bluetooth Audio Streaming tion error, corresponding
Paired" on the previous page. • Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Technology devices can be paired devices are automatically
to the Car Handsfree system. searched and reconnected.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be • If the system becomes unstable
connected at a time. due to communication errors
between the car Handsfree and the
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Technology device can be con- device, reset the device by turning
nected at a time. off and back on again. Upon reset-
• Other devices cannot be paired ting Bluetooth® Wireless
while a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device, the system will
Technology device is connected. be restored.

4 183
Features of your vehicle

• After pairing is complete, a con- Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the
tacts download request is sent device you want to connect and
once to the mobile phone. Some select [Connect].
mobile phones may require confir- Press the SETUP key Select
mation upon receiving a download [Phone] Select [Phone List]
request, ensure your mobile phone
accepts the connection. Refer to
your phones user’s manual for
additional information regarding
phone pairing and connections.

1) Connected Phone : Device that is


currently connected
2) Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected

4 184
Features of your vehicle

Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select • Priority icon will be displayed when
the phone you want to switch to the the selected phone is set as a pri-
highest priority, then select [Change ority phone.
What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The
It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority.
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.

Press the SETUP key Select


[Phone] Select [Phone List]

4 185
Features of your vehicle

Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device • When deleting the currently con-


nected device, the device will auto-
matically be disconnected to pro-
Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select ceed with the deleting process.
[Phone] Select [Phone List] [Phone] Select [Phone List] • If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.

From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and device you want to delete and select
select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.

4 186
Features of your vehicle

• If you select the [Call History] but- Answering Calls


USING Bluetooth® Wireless ton but there is no call history data,
Technology(if equipped) a prompt is displayed which asks to
download call history data. Answering a Call
Phone Menu Screen • If you select the [Contacts] button Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
but there is no contacts data Wireless Technology device connect-
stored, a prompt is displayed which ed will display the following screen.
Phone Menus asks to download contacts data. To accept the call, press key on
With a Bluetooth® Wireless • This feature may not be supported the steering wheel while the call is
Technology device connected, press in some mobile phones. For more incoming.
the PHONE key to display the Phone information on download support,
menu screen. refer to your mobile phone user’s
manual.

1) Caller : Displays the other caller's


name when the incoming caller is
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently saved within your contacts
used contacts saved for easy 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
access. incoming number
2) Call History : Displays the call his-
tory list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.

4 187
Features of your vehicle

• When an incoming call pop-up is Favorites Call History


displayed, most Audio and SETUP
mode features are disabled. Only
the call volume will operate. Press the PHONE key Select Press the PHONE key Select [Call
• The telephone number may not be [Favorites] History]
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically revert to Private
mode.
1) Saved favorite contact : Connects A list of incoming, outgoing and
call upon selection missed calls is displayed.
2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- • Call history may not be saved in the
tacts be saved as favorite. call history list in some mobile
phones.
• To save Favorite, contacts should • Calls received with hidden caller ID
be downloaded. will not be saved in the call history
list.
• Contact saved in Favorites will not
be automatically updated if the • Calling through the call history is not
contact has been updated in the possible when there is no call histo-
phone. To update Favorites, delete ry stored or a Bluetooth® Wireless
the Favorite and create a new Technology phone is not connected.
Favorite. • Up to 20 received, dialed and
missed calls are stored in Call
History.
• Time of received/dialed calls and
call time information are not stored
in Call History.
4 188
Features of your vehicle

Contacts • Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to begin down-


Bluetooth® Wireless Technology loading a contact list when the con-
phone can be downloaded into the tact download feature has been
Press the PHONE key Select car contacts. Contacts that have turned off within the Bluetooth®
[Contacts] been downloaded to the car cannot Wireless Technology device. In
be edited or deleted on the phone. addition, some devices may
• Mobile phone contacts are man- require device authorization upon
aged separately for each paired attempting to download contacts. If
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology downloading does not normally
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- occur, check the Bluetooth®
tacts each). Previously down- Wireless Technology device set-
loaded data is maintained even if tings or the screen state.
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The contacts download feature
The list of saved phone book entries device has been disconnected. may not be supported in some
is displayed. (However, the contacts and call his- mobile phones. For more informa-
tory saved to the phone will be delet- tion of supported Bluetooth®
ed if a paired phone is deleted.) devices and function support, refer
NOTE: to your phone’s user manual.
• It is possible to download contacts
Find a contact in an alphabetical during Bluetooth streaming audio.
order, press the MENU key.
• When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the
status bar.

4 189
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Pairing a New Device Viewing Paired Phone List


Technology Setting Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] [Phone] Select [Phone List]
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices can be paired with the audio
WARNING system.
Driving while distracted can For more information, refer to the
result in a loss of vehicle control “Pairing through Phone Setup” sec-
that may lead to an accident, tion within Bluetooth® Wireless
severe personal injury, and Technology. This feature is used to view mobile
death. The driver’s primary phones that have been paired with
responsibility is in the safe and the audio system. Upon selecting a
legal operation of a vehicle, and paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
use of any handheld devices, played.
other equipment, or vehicle sys- For more information, refer to the
tems which take the driver’s “Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
eyes, attention and focus away Technology Connection” section within
from the safe operation of a vehi- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.

4 190
Features of your vehicle

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone : Downloading Contacts Auto Download (Contacts)


Connect/ disconnects currently Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
selected phone [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Auto Download]
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
selected phone to highest connec-
tion priority
3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen
As the contacts are downloaded This feature is used to automatically
• To learn more about whether your from the mobile phone, a download download mobile contacts entries
mobile phone supports contacts progress bar is displayed. once a Bluetooth® Wireless
downloads, refer to your mobile Technology phone is connected.
phone user’s manual. • Upon downloading phone con-
• The contacts for only the connect-
ed phone can be downloaded
tacts, the previous corresponding ✽ NOTICE
data is deleted.
• The Auto Download feature will
• This feature may not be supported download mobile contacts entries
in some mobile phones. every time the phone is connected.
• Voice Recognition may not operate The download time may differ
while contacts are being down- depending on the number of saved
loaded. contacts entries and the communi-
cation state.
• Before downloading contacts, first
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the contacts
download feature.

4 191
Features of your vehicle

Audio Streaming Outgoing Volume Turning Bluetooth System Off


Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select
[Phone] Select [Audio Streaming] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume] [Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.

When Audio Streaming is turned on, Use TUNE knob to adjust the out-
you can play music files saved in going volume level.
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device through the audio system.
• While on a call, the volume can be
SEEK
changed by using the TRACK
key.

• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless


Technology back on, go to SETUP
[Phone] and select “Yes”.

4 192
Features of your vehicle

VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then Skipping Prompt Messages


the system will say “Please say a While prompt message is being stat-
Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” ed Shortly press the key on the
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF] steering remote controller
mode, then the system will only The prompt message is immediately
Starting Voice Recognition say “(BEEP)” ended and the beep tone will sound.
Shortly press the key on the • To change Prompt Feedback After the “beep”, say the voice com-
steering wheel. Say a command [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] mand.
[Prompt Feedback]
• For proper recognition, say the Re-starting Voice Recognition
command after the voice instruc-
tion and beep tone. While system waits for a command
Shortly press the key on the
steering remote controller
The command wait state is immedi-
ately ended and the beep ton will
sound. After the “beep”, say the voice
command.

4 193
Features of your vehicle

ENDING VOICE Voice Recognition and Phone • Do not use acronyms (i.e., use
RECOGNITION Contact Tips: “County Finance Department”
instead of “CFD”).
The Kia Voice Recognition System
While Voice Recognition is operating may have difficulty understanding • If a name is not recognized from
Press and hold the key on the some accents or uncommon the contact list, change it to a more
steering remote controller descriptive name (e.g., use
names. When using Voice
“Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa
Recognition to place a call, speak in
Joe”).
• While using voice command, a moderate tone, with clear pronun-
pressing any steering wheel con- ciation
trol or a different key will end voice To maximize the use of Voice
command. Recognition, consider these guide-
• When the system is waiting for a lines when storing contacts:
voice command, say “cancel” or • Do not store single-name entries
“end” to end voice command. (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead,
• When the system is waiting for a always use full names (including
voice command, press and hold first and last names) for these con-
the key on the steering wheel tacts
to end voice command. • Do not use special characters
(e.g., '@', '-', '*', '&', etc.)
• Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
"Lieutenant" instead of "Lt.") or
acronyms (i.e., use "County
Finance Department" instead of
"C. F. D."; Be sure to say the name
exactly as it is entered in the con-
tacts list

4 194
Features of your vehicle

Illustration on using voice commands More Help


Here are some examples of mode commands.
• Starting voice command. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like
the beep (BEEP) Beep~ "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
More Help manual.
Edit IQS 2nd Please say a command after the beep.
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'. • End voice command.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Music', or 'iPod'.
(BEEP)
Additionally, there are phone commands like
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number". Contacts
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep. Contacts.
Please say the name of the contact you want
to call.
• Skipping Prompt Messages
Briefly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Cancel
Please say a... while guidance message is being stated
Briefly pressing the (BEEP) Beep Beep.. (end beep)
key (under 0.8 seconds)
More Help

4 195
Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List


• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be • When listening to the radio, displays the next
used anywhere in the system. radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)
used within the current mode. Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts the most recently played radio screen.
Ex) Call “John Smith” • When currently listening to the FM radio,
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- maintains the current state.
mands. After saying this command, say • When listening to a different mode, displays
“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial the most recently played FM screen.
Number” execute corresponding functions. FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
Favorites Display the Favorite screen. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast
this command, say the name of a contact saved in FM Preset 1~6.
saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
nect the call. AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.
Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding
this command, you can say the number that frequency.
you want to call. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding
Redial Connects the most recently called number. frequency.
Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice SiriusXMTM • When currently listening to the SiriusXMTM,
(Satellite) maintains the current state.
recognition and Bluetooth® connections
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SiriusXMTM screen.

4 196
Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function


SiriusXMTM(Satellite) Displays the selected SiriusXMTM screen. My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
1~3 AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
SiriusXMTM Channel Plays the selected SiriusXMTM channel. ®
Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
0~223 device.
Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.
screen. Mute Mutes the sound.
USB Plays USB music. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
iPod® Plays iPod® music.

4 197
Features of your vehicle

• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available during • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
FM, AM radio operation. used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command Function Command Function


Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
present and plays for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broad-
Information Displays the information of the current broad- cast.
cast.(This feature can be used when receiving
RBDS broadcasts.)

4 198
Features of your vehicle

• USB commands: Commands available during USB • iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod®
operation. operation.

Command Function Command Function


Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Randomly plays the songs within the current
folder. category.
Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen-
order. tial order.
Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Repeats the current song.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen-
order. tial order.
Information Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder.
Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder.

4 199
Features of your vehicle

• My Music Commands: Commands available during • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:
My Music operation. Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper-
ation Command Operation.
Command Function
Random Randomly plays all saved files. Command Function
Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Play Plays the currently paused song.
order. Pause Pauses the current song.
Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
order.
Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.

4 200
Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM™ service requires a subscription, sold


separately, after 3-month trial included with vehicle
purchase. If you decide to continue your
SiriusXM™ service at the end of your trial sub-
scription, the plan you choose will automatically
renew and bill at then-current rates until you call us
at 1-866-635-2349 to cancel. See our Customer
Agreement for complete terms at
www.siriusxm.com. Other fees and taxes apply. All
fees and programming are subject to change.
Sirius satellite service is available only to those at
least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA, D.C.,
and PR (with coverage limitations). Our Internet
radio service is available throughout our satellite
service area and in AK and HI. Certain channels are
not available on our Internet radio service or on
mobile devices. SiriusXM Traffic available in select
markets. See siriusxm.com/traffic for more informa-
tion. © 2013 Sirius XM Radio Inc. Sirius, XM and all
related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius
XM Radio Inc. iPod® is a registered trademark of
Apple Inc. iPod® mobile digital device sold sepa-
rately. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are reg-
istered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
and any use of such marks by Kia is under license.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® wireless technology. All rights
reserved.

4 201
Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37


• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 • Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
• Illuminated ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-43
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • To resume cruising speed at more than
• Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . . 5-44
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45 5
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 • Active ECO operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 • When Active ECO is activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
• Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 • Limitation of Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 • Auto stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 • Auto start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Parking brake - Hand type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 • Condition of ISG system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 • ISG system deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 • ISG system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51 Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 • Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 • Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
• Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 • Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 • Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 • Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 • GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
5 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . . 5-60
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-61
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Driving your vehicle

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!


Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side
of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in
an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3
Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections
• Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
WARNING
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and Driving while distracted can
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a result in a loss of vehicle con-
regular basis, at the exact interval trol, that may lead to an acci-
• Check the condition of the tires.
depending on the fluid. Further dent, severe personal injury,
• Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, and death. The driver’s primary
sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. responsibility is in the safe and
• Be sure there are no obstacles legal operation of a vehicle, and
behind you if you intend to back up. use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permis-
sible by law should never be
used during operation of the
vehicle.

5 4
Driving your vehicle

Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all con- WARNING WARNING - Driving
trols are easily reached. All passengers must be proper- under the influence of
• Adjust the inside and outside ly belted whenever the vehicle alcohol or drugs
rearview mirrors. is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger-
in chapter 3 for more informa- ous. Drunk driving is the num-
• Be sure that all lights work. tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high-
• Check all gauges. way death toll each year. Even a
• Check the operation of warning small amount of alcohol will
lights when the ignition switch is WARNING affect your reflexes, percep-
turned to the ON position. tions and judgment. Driving
Always check the surrounding while under the influence of
• Release the parking brake and areas near your vehicle for peo-
make sure the brake warning light drugs is as dangerous or more
ple, especially children, before dangerous than driving drunk.
goes out. putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
For safe operation, be sure you are or R (Reverse). You are much more likely to
familiar with your vehicle and its have a serious accident if you
equipment. drink or take drugs and drive.
If you are drinking or taking
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a cab.

5 5
Driving your vehicle

WARNING
• When you intend to park or
stop the vehicle with the
engine on, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal
for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or
exhaust system and ignite a
fire.
• When you make a sudden
stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possi-
bly causing an accident. Keep
all things in the vehicle safely
stored.
• If you do not focus on driving,
it may cause an accident. Be
careful when operating what
may disturb driving such as
audio or heater. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely.

5 6
Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)


Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ✽ NOTICE
LOCK If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC posi-
tion, turn the key while turning the
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.

OPS053001
OXM059029N
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect
convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni-
switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the
light will go off immediately when the LOCK position.
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds When turning the ignition switch to
when the door is closed. the LOCK position, push the key
inward at the ACC position and turn
the key toward the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.

5 7
Driving your vehicle

ON
WARNING - Ignition (Continued)
The warning lights can be checked
switch • Never reach for the ignition
before the engine is started. This is
switch, or any other controls
the normal running position after the • Never turn the ignition switch
through the steering wheel
engine is started. to LOCK or ACC while the
while the vehicle is in motion.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if vehicle is moving. This would
The presence of your hand or
the engine is not running to prevent result in loss of directional
arm in this area could cause a
battery discharge. control and braking function,
loss of vehicle control, an
which could cause an acci-
accident and serious bodily
dent.
START injury or death.
• The anti-theft steering column
Turn the ignition switch to the START • Do not place any movable
lock (if equipped) is not a sub-
position to start the engine. The objects around the driver’s
stitute for the parking brake.
engine will crank until you release seat as they may move while
Before leaving the driver’s
the key; then it returns to the ON driving, interfere with the driv-
seat, always make sure the
position. The brake warning light can er and lead to an accident.
shift lever is engaged in 1st
be checked in this position. gear for the manual transaxle
or P (Park) for automatic
transaxle, set the parking
brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
may occur if these precau-
tions are not taken.
(Continued)

5 8
Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine It should be started without


depressing the accelerator. CAUTION
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm If the engine stalls while you are
WARNING in motion, do not attempt to
up while the vehicle remains sta-
Always wear appropriate shoes tionary. move the shift lever to the P
when operating your vehicle. (Park) position. If traffic and
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and road conditions permit, you may
ski boots,etc.) may interfere put the shift lever in the N
with your ability to use the decelerating should be avoided.)
(Neutral) position while the
brake and accelerator pedal. vehicle is still moving and turn
the ignition switch to the START
1.Make sure the parking brake is position in an attempt to restart
applied. the engine.
2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the CAUTION
clutch pedal and brake pedal Do not engage the starter for
depressed while turning the igni- more than 10 seconds. If the
tion switch to the start position. engine stalls or fails to start,
Automatic Transaxle - Place the wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
transaxle shift lever in P (Park). engaging the starter. Improper
Depress the brake pedal fully. use of the starter may damage it.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3.Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.

5 9
Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)


Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button
START/STOP button position CAUTION
You are able to turn off the
OFF
engine (START/RUN) or vehicle
power (ON), only when the vehi-
cle is not in motion. In an emer-
gency situation while the vehi-
Not illuminated
cle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the
• With manual transaxle ACC position by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button for
To turn off the engine (START/RUN more than 2 seconds or 3 times
position) or vehicle power (ON posi- successively within 3 seconds.
tion), stop the vehicle then press the If the vehicle is still moving, you
OPS053003
engine start/stop button. can restart the engine without
Whenever the front door is opened, depressing the brake pedal by
the ENGINE START/STOP button • With automatic transaxle pressing the ENGINE
will illuminate for your convenience. To turn off the engine (START/RUN START/STOP button with the
The light will go off after about 30 position) or vehicle power (ON posi- shift lever in the N (Neutral)
seconds when the door is closed. tion), press the ENGINE position.
When all entrances are closed, if you START/STOP button with the shift
lock the vehicle by using the trans- lever in the P (Park) position. When
mitter or the smart key, the light will you press the ENGINE
go off immediately. START/STOP button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position but to
the ACC position.

5 10
Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Redish orange Not illuminated

• With manual transaxle • With manual transaxle • With manual transaxle


Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button To start the engine, depress the
when the button is in the OFF posi- when the button is in the ACC posi- clutch pedal and brake pedal, then
tion without depressing the clutch tion without depressing the clutch press the engine start/stop button
pedal. pedal. with the shift lever in the N (Neutral)
position.
• With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP • With automatic transaxle
button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position To start the engine, depress the
without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. brake pedal and press the ENGINE
If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked START/ STOP button with the shift
is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not lever in the P (Park) or the N
1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP (Neutral) position. For your safety,
matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long start the engine with the shift lever in
charge. time. The battery may discharge, the P (Park) position.
because the engine is not running.

5 11
Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE (Continued)


If you press the ENGINE If you leave the ENGINE START/ • Never reach for the ENGINE
START/STOP button without STOP button in the ACC or ON START/STOP button or any
depressing the clutch pedal for man- position for a long time, the battery other controls through the
ual transaxle vehicles or without will discharge. steering wheel while the vehi-
depressing the brake pedal for auto- cle is in motion. The presence
matic transaxle vehicles, the engine of your hand or arm in the
will not start and the ENGINE WARNING
area could cause loss of vehi-
START/STOP button changes as fol- • Never press the ENGINE cle control, an accident and
low: START/STOP button while the serious bodily injury or death.
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC vehicle is in motion except in
an emergency. If the engine • Do not place any movable
stops while the vehicle is in objects around the driver's
motion, this would result in seat as they may move while
loss of directional control and driving, interfere with the driv-
braking function, which could er and lead to an accident.
cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is engaged in P
(Park), set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehi-
cle movement may occur if
these precautions are not
taken.
(Continued)

5 12
Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine with a • Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
smart key (if equipped) cle, if it is far away from you, the WARNING
engine may not start. The engine will start, only when
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle. • When the ENGINE START/STOP the smart key is in the vehicle.
button is in the ACC position or Never allow children or any per-
2.Make sure the parking brake is
above, if any door is opened, the son who is unfamiliar with the
firmly applied
system checks for the smart key. If vehicle to touch the ENGINE
3.Manual Transaxle - Depress the the smart key is not in the vehicle, START/STOP button or related
clutch pedal fully and shift the a message "key is not in the vehi- parts.
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the cle" will appear on the LCD display.
clutch pedal and brake pedal And if all doors are closed, the
depressed while starting the engine. chime will sound for 5 seconds.
Automatic transaxle - Place the The indicator or warning will turn CAUTION
transaxle shift lever in P (Park). off while the vehicle is moving. If the engine stalls while the
Depress the brake pedal fully. Always have the smart key with vehicle is in motion, do not
You can also start the engine when you. attempt to move the shift lever
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) to the P (Park) position. If the
position. traffic and road conditions per-
mit, you may put the shift lever
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP in the N (Neutral) position while
button while depressing the brake the vehicle is still moving and
pedal. press the ENGINE START/STOP
It should be started without button in an attempt to restart
depressing the accelerator. the engine.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)

5 13
Driving your vehicle

(Continued)
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normal-
ly. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If it is not possible, you can
start the engine by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button
for 10 seconds while it is in the
ACC position. The engine can
start without depressing the brake
pedal. But for your safety always
OPS053007 depress the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you CAUTION
can start the engine by pressing Do not press the ENGINE
the engine start/stop button with START/ STOP button for more
the smart key. than 10 seconds except when
The side with the lock button the stop lamp fuse is blown.
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
(Continued)

5 14
Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)


Manual transaxle operation
CAUTION
• The manual transaxle has 6 for-
ward gears. • When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
This shift pattern is imprinted on should be taken not to inad-
the shift knob. The transaxle is fully vertently press the gear shift
synchronized in all forward gears lever sideways in such a man-
so shifting to either a higher or a ner that second gear is
lower gear is easily accomplished. engaged. Such a drastic
• Press the clutch pedal down fully downshift may cause the
while shifting, then release it slow- engine speed to increase to
ly. the point that the tachometer
If your vehicle is equipped with an will enter the red-zone. Such
The shift lever can be moved without
ignition lock switch, the engine will over-revving of the engine
pushing the ring (1).
not start when starting the engine may possibly cause engine
The ring (1) must be pushed while damage.
without depressing the clutch
moving the shift lever.
pedal. (if equipped) • Do not downshift more than 2
OJD053058 gears or downshift the gear
• The gearshift lever must be
returned to the neutral position when the engine is running at
before shifting into R (Reverse). high speed (5,000 RPM or
The ring (1) located immediately higher). Such a downshifting
below the shift knob must be pulled may damage the engine.
upward while moving the shift lever
to the R (Reverse) position. (if
equipped)
• Make sure the vehicle is complete-
ly stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
5 15
Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may Using the clutch


be difficult until the transaxle lubri- WARNING The clutch should be pressed all the
cant has warmed up. This is nor- • Before leaving the driver’s way to the floor before shifting, then
mal and not harmful to the seat, always set the parking released slowly. The clutch pedal
transaxle. brake fully and shut the should always be fully released while
• If you've come to a complete stop engine off. Then make sure driving. Do not rest your foot on the
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R the transaxle is shifted into clutch pedal while driving. This can
(Reverse), put the shift lever in N 1st gear when the vehicle is cause unnecessary wear. Do not
(Neutral) position and release the parked on a level or uphill partially engage the clutch to hold
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back grade, and shifted into R the vehicle on an incline. This causes
down, and then shift into 1st or R (Reverse) on a downhill unnecessary wear. Use the foot
(Reverse) gear position. grade. Unexpected and sud- brake or parking brake to hold the
den vehicle movement can vehicle on an incline. Do not operate
occur if these precautions are the clutch pedal rapidly and repeat-
CAUTION not followed in the order iden- edly.
• To avoid premature clutch tified.
wear and damage, do not • If your vehicle has a manual
drive with your foot resting on transaxle not equipped with a
CAUTION
the clutch pedal. Also, don’t ignition lock switch, it may When operating the clutch
use the clutch to hold the move and cause a serious pedal, depress the clutch pedal
vehicle stopped on an uphill accident when starting the down fully. If you don’t depress
grade, while waiting for a traf- engine without depressing the clutch pedal fully, the clutch
fic light, etc. the clutch pedal while the may be damaged or noise may
parking brake is released and occur.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as the shift lever not in the N
this can result in premature (neutral) position.
wear of the transaxle shift
forks.

5 16
Driving your vehicle

Downshifting Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when


When you must slow down in heavy • Never take the vehicle out of gear driving on a slippery surface. Be
traffic or while driving up steep hills, and coast down a hill. This is especially careful when braking,
downshift before the engine starts to extremely hazardous. Always leave accelerating or shifting gears. On a
labor. Downshifting reduces the the vehicle in gear. slippery surface, an abrupt change
chance of stalling and gives better in vehicle speed can cause the
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can drive wheels to lose traction and
acceleration when you again need to cause them to overheat and mal-
increase your speed. When the vehi- the vehicle to go out of control.
function. Instead, when you are
cle is traveling down steep hills, driving down a long hill, slow down
downshifting helps maintain safe and shift to a lower gear. When you
speed and prolongs brake life. do this, engine braking will help
slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. This will help avoid
over-revving the engine, which can
cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into reverse. The transaxle can be
damaged if you do not. To shift into
reverse, depress the clutch, move
the shift lever to neutral, then shift
to the reverse position.

5 17
Driving your vehicle

WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a colli-
sion, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than
a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
oversteers to reenter the road-
way.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.

5 18
Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)


Automatic transaxle operation
+ (UP) The automatic transaxle has 6 for-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.

- ( D OW N )
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OPS053008

5 19
Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges


brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION The indicator in the instrument clus-
ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to • To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position
a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate when the ignition switch is in the ON
the engine in R (Reverse) or position.
any forward gear position with
WARNING - Automatic the brakes on.
transaxle P (Park)
• When stopped on an incline,
• Always check the surrounding do not hold the vehicle with Always come to a complete stop
areas near your vehicle for the engine power. Use the before shifting into P (Park). This
people, especially children, service brake or the parking position locks the transaxle and pre-
before shifting the shift lever brake. vents the drive wheels from rotating.
into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Do not shift from N (Neutral)
• Before leaving the driver’s or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R WARNING
seat, always make sure the (Reverse) when the engine is
shift lever is in the P (Park) above idle speed. • Shifting into P (Park) while the
position; then set the parking vehicle is in motion will cause
brake fully and shut the the drive wheels to lock which
engine off. Unexpected and will cause you to lose control
sudden vehicle movement of the vehicle.
can occur if these precautions • Do not use the P (Park) posi-
are not followed in the order tion in place of the parking
identified. brake. Always make sure the
shift lever is latched in the P
(Park) position and set the
parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattend-
ed in a vehicle.

5 20
Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral)
CAUTION The wheels and transaxle are not
The transaxle may be damaged engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
if you shift into P (Park) while + (UP)
even on the slightest incline unless
the vehicle is in motion. the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
R (Reverse) - ( D OW N )
Use this position to drive the vehicle D (Drive)
backward. This is the normal forward driving
position. The transaxle will automati- Sports mode
cally shift through a 6-gear OPS053009
CAUTION sequence, providing the best fuel
Sports mode
Always come to a complete stop economy and power.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
before shifting into or out of R in motion, sports mode is selected by
(Reverse); you may damage the For extra power when passing anoth- pushing the shift lever from the D
transaxle if you shift into R er vehicle or climbing grades, (Drive) position into the manual gate.
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in depress the accelerator fully, at To return to D (Drive) range opera-
motion, except when “Rocking which time the transaxle will auto- tion, push the shift lever back into the
the vehicle” explained in this matically downshift to the next lower main gate.
section. gear.
In sports mode, moving the shift
✽ NOTICE lever backwards and forwards will
Always come to a complete stop allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
before shifting into D (Drive). In contrast to a manual transaxle, the
sports mode allows gearshifts with
the accelerator pedal depressed.

5 21
Driving your vehicle

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once (Continued) Shift lock system
to shift up one gear. • To maintain the required levels of For your safety, the automatic
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards vehicle performance and safety, transaxle has a shift lock system
once to shift down one the system may not execute cer- which prevents shifting the transaxle
gear. tain gearshifts when the shift lever from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
is operated. unless the brake pedal is depressed.
• When driving on a slippery road,
✽ NOTICE push the shift lever forward into To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
the +(up) position. This causes the into R (Reverse):
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
with road conditions, taking care which is better for smooth driving 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
to keep the engine speed below the on a slippery road. Push the shift switch to the ON position.
red zone. lever to the -(down) side to shift 3.Move the shift lever.
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward back to the 1st gear.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
gears can be selected. To reverse depressed and released with the
or park the vehicle, move the shift shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
lever to the R (Reverse) or P chattering noise near the shift lever
(Park) position as required. may be heard. It is a normal condi-
• In sports mode, downshifts are tion.
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-
cally selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift auto-
matically.
(Continued)

5 22
Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system


WARNING The ignition key cannot be removed
Always fully depress the brake unless the shift lever is in the P
pedal before and while shifting (Park) position. Even if the ignition
out of the P (Park) position into switch is in the LOCK position, the
another position to avoid inad- key also cannot be removed.
vertent motion of the vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with
which could injure persons in ENGINE START/STOP button, the
or around the vehicle. button will not change to the OFF
position unless the shift lever is in the
P (Park) position.
OPS053010
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress-
ing the brake, then do the following:
1.Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3.Move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.

5 23
Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do


• Never move the gear shift lever not depend on placing the WARNING
from P (Park) to any other position transaxle in P (Park) to keep the • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
with the accelerator pedal vehicle from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is
depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be
driving on a slippery surface. Be seriously injured or killed than
• Never move the gear shift lever into
especially careful when braking, a properly belted occupant.
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion. accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor-
slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely in vehicle speed can cause the
stopped before you attempt to shift • Do not make quick steering
drive wheels to lose traction and
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). wheel movements, such as
the vehicle to go out of control.
sharp lane changes or fast,
• Never take the vehicle out of gear • Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns.
and coast down a hill. This may be economy is obtained by smoothly
extremely hazardous. Always leave • The risk of rollover is greatly
depressing and releasing the
the vehicle in gear when moving. increased if you lose control
accelerator pedal.
of your vehicle at highway
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
speeds.
cause them to overheat and mal-
function. Instead, when you are • Loss of control often occurs if
driving down a long hill, slow down two or more wheels drop off
and shift to a lower gear. When you the roadway and the driver
do this, engine braking will help oversteers to reenter the road-
slow down the vehicle. way.
• Slow down before shifting to a • In the event your vehicle
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower leaves the roadway, do not
gear may not be engaged. steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.

5 24
Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade from a


WARNING standing start
If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake
may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D
free by moving it forward and (Drive). Select the appropriate gear
backward. Do not attempt this depending on load weight and steep-
procedure if people or objects ness of the grade, and release the
are anywhere near the vehicle. parking brake. Depress the accelera-
During the rocking operation tor gradually while releasing the
the vehicle may suddenly move service brakes.
forward or backward as it When accelerating from a stop on
becomes unstuck, causing a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
injury or damage to nearby peo- tendency to roll backwards.
ple or objects. Shifting the shift lever into 2
(Second Gear) will help prevent
the vehicle from rolling back-
wards.

5 25
Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued)
Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot • Wet brakes may impair the
brakes that adjust automatically vehicle’s ability to safely slow
through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high down; the vehicle may also
In the event that the power-assisted pull to one side when the
brake temperatures, exces-
brakes lose power because of a brakes are applied. Applying
sive brake lining and pad
stalled engine or some other reason, the brakes lightly will indicate
wear, and increased stopping
you can still stop your vehicle by whether they have been
distances.
applying greater force to the brake affected in this way. Always
pedal than you normally would. The • When descending a long or test your brakes in this fash-
stopping distance, however, will be steep hill, shift to a lower gear ion after driving through deep
longer. and avoid continuous applica- water. To dry the brakes, apply
tion of the brakes. Continuous them lightly while maintaining
When the engine is not running, the
brake application will cause a safe forward speed until
reserve brake power is partially
the brakes to overheat and brake performance returns to
depleted each time the brake pedal
could result in a temporary normal.
is applied. Do not pump the brake
loss of braking performance.
pedal when the power assist has • Always, confirm the position
been interrupted. (Continued) of the brake and accelerator
Pump the brake pedal only when pedal before driving. If you
necessary to maintain steering con- don’t check the position of the
trol on slippery surfaces. accelerator and brake pedal
before driving, you may
depress the accelerator
instead of the brake pedal. It
may cause a serious accident.

5 26
Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator


If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear
the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear This brake wear warning sound
make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from means your vehicle needs serv-
parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ice. If you ignore this audible
tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or warning, you will eventually
than normal. it may occur whenever you depress lose braking performance,
the brake pedal. which could lead to a serious
Please remember that some driving accident.
WARNING - Parking
brake conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem
normal speeds can cause a with your brakes.
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehi- CAUTION
cle, use great caution in apply- • To avoid costly brake repairs,
ing the brake. do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
• Always replace the front or
WARNING rear brake pads as pairs.
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
vehicle system and endanger
driving safety.

5 27
Driving your vehicle

Parking brake - Hand type Releasing the parking brake


CAUTION
Applying the parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad and brake rotor wear.

OPS053012
OPS053011 To release the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and pull up the
To engage the parking brake, first
parking brake lever slightly. Secondly
apply the foot brake and then without
press the release button (1) and
pressing the release button in, pull
lower the parking brake lever (2)
the parking brake lever up as far as
while holding the button.
possible.
In addition it is recommended that
when parking the vehicle on a gradi-
ent, the shift lever should be posi-
tioned in the appropriate low gear on
manual transaxle vehicles or in the P
(Park) position for automatic
transaxle vehicles.

5 28
Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the


WARNING vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
• To prevent unintentional sible, use extreme caution while
movement when stopped and operating the vehicle and only con-
leaving the vehicle, do not use tinue to drive the vehicle until you
the shift lever instead of the can reach a safe location or repair
parking brake. Set the parking shop.
brake AND make sure the shift
lever is securely positioned in
1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)
for manual transaxle
equipped vehicles and in P W-75
(Park) for automatic transaxle Check the brake warning light by
equipped vehicles. turning the ignition switch ON (do not
• Never allow anyone who is start the engine). This light will be
unfamiliar with the vehicle to illuminated when the parking brake is
touch the parking brake. If the applied with the ignition switch in the
parking brake is released START or ON position.
unintentionally, serious injury Before driving, be sure the parking
may occur. brake is fully released and the brake
• All vehicles should always warning light is off.
have the parking brake fully If the brake warning light remains on
engaged when parking to after the parking brake is released
avoid inadvertent movement while the engine is running, there
of the vehicle which can injure may be a malfunction in the brake
occupants or pedestrians. system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.

5 29
Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (Continued)


The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
During these conditions the are going to lock, the ABS system
WARNING vehicle should be driven at repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent reduced speeds: brake pressure to the wheels.
accidents due to improper or • Rough, gravel or snow-cov- When you apply your brakes under
dangerous driving maneuvers. ered roads. conditions which may lock the
Even though vehicle control is • On roads where the road sur- wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
improved during emergency face is pitted or has different sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
braking, always maintain a safe surface height. responding sensation in the brake
distance between you and pedal. This is normal and it means
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds The safety features of an ABS
(or ESC) equipped vehicle your ABS is active.
should always be reduced dur-
ing extreme road conditions. should not be tested by high In order to obtain the maximum ben-
speed driving or cornering. This efit from your ABS in an emergency
The braking distance for vehi- could endanger the safety of situation, do not attempt to modulate
cles equipped with an anti-lock yourself or others. your brake pressure and do not try to
braking system (or Electronic pump your brakes. Press your brake
Stability Control System) may pedal as hard as possible or as hard
be longer than for those without as the situation allows the ABS to
it in the following road condi- control the force being delivered to
tions. the brakes.
(Continued)

5 30
Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi- • When you drive on a road hav-
cle begins to move after the engine is ing poor traction, such as an
started. These conditions are normal icy road, and have operated
and indicate that the anti-lock brake your brakes continuously, the
system is functioning properly. ABS will be active continuous-
ly and the ABS warning light
• Even with the anti-lock brake sys- may illuminate. Pull your vehi-
tem, your vehicle still requires suf- cle over to a safe place and
ficient stopping distance. Always stop the engine.
maintain a safe distance from the W-78 • Restart the engine. If the ABS
vehicle in front of you. warning light goes off, then
• Always slow down when cornering. CAUTION your ABS system is normal.
The anti-lock brake system cannot • If the ABS warning light is on Otherwise, you may have a
prevent accidents resulting from and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS.
excessive speeds. problem with the ABS. In this Contact an authorized Kia
case, however, your regular dealer as soon as possible.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake brakes will work normally.
system may result in a longer stop- • The ABS warning light will stay
ping distance than for vehicles on for approximately 3 sec-
equipped with a conventional onds after the ignition switch
brake system. is ON. During that time, the
ABS will go through self-diag-
nosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the
light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.

5 31
Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Electronic stability control


(ESC) WARNING
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the Never drive too fast according
engine may not run as smoothly and to the road conditions or too
the ABS warning light may turn on quickly when cornering.
at the same time. This happens Electronic stability control
because of low battery voltage. It (ESC) will not prevent acci-
does not mean your ABS has mal- dents. Excessive speed in
functioned. turns, abrupt maneuvers and
• Do not pump your brakes! hydroplaning on wet surfaces
• Have the battery recharged before can still result in serious acci-
driving the vehicle. dents. Only a safe and attentive
driver can prevent accidents by
avoiding maneuvers that cause
OPS053013 the vehicle to lose traction.
The Electronic Stability control Even with ESC installed, always
(ESC) system is designed to stabi- follow all the normal precau-
lize the vehicle during cornering tions for driving - including driv-
maneuvers. ESC checks where you ing at safe speeds for the condi-
are steering and where the vehicle is tions.
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

5 32
Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Stability Control ESC operation When operating


(ESC) system is an electronic sys- ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera-
tem designed to help the driver main- tion, the ESC indicator light
tain vehicle control under adverse • When the ignition is turned
- ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks.
conditions. It is not a substitute for
indicator lights illuminate for • When the Electronic
safe driving practices. Factors includ-
approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat-
ing speed, road conditions and driv-
then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a
er steering input can all affect
• Press the ESC OFF but- slight pulsation in the vehi-
whether ESC will be effective in pre-
ton for at least half a sec- cle. This is only the effect
venting a loss of control. It is still your
ond after turning the igni- of brake control and indi-
responsibility to drive and corner at
tion ON to turn ESC off. cates nothing unusual.
reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety. (ESC OFF indicator will • When moving out of the
illuminate). To turn the mud or driving on a slip-
When you apply your brakes under
ESC on, press the ESC pery road, pressing the
conditions which may lock the
OFF button (ESC OFF accelerator pedal may not
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
indicator light will go off). cause the engine rpm
sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
• When starting the engine, (revolutions per minute) to
responding sensation in the brake
you may hear a slight tick- increase.
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ESC is active. ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
✽ NOTICE not indicate a problem.
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.

5 33
Driving your vehicle

ESC operation off


ESC OFF state
This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the engine stops when
ESC is off, ESC remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically
turn on again.

OPS053022 OPS053023
• ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-
(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will
does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con-
tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func-
ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car
ates. stability control function does not
If your vehicle is equipped with clus- operate any more.
ter type B, a message also will If your vehicle is equipped with clus-
appear on the LCD display. ter type B, a message also will
appear on the LCD display.

5 34
Driving your vehicle

Indicator light ESC OFF usage


CAUTION When driving
■ ESC indicator light Driving with varying tire or • ESC should be turned on for daily
wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible.
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they • To turn ESC off while driving, press
are the same size as your origi- the ESC OFF button while driving
■ ESC OFF indicator light nal tires. on a flat road surface.

WARNING
WARNING
Never press the ESC OFF but-
The Electronic Stability Control ton while ESC is operating (ESC
system is only a driving aid; use indicator light blinks).
When ignition switch is turned to ON, precautions for safe driving by
the indicator light illuminates, then slowing down on curved, If ESC is turned off while ESC is
goes off if the ESC system is operat- snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- operating, the vehicle may slip
ing normally. ly and don’t attempt to acceler- out of control.
The ESC indicator light blinks when- ate whenever the ESC indicator
ever ESC is operating or illuminates light is blinking, or when the
when ESC fails to operate. road surface is slippery.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.

5 35
Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when:
• When operating the vehicle on a (VSM) • Driving on bank road such as gra-
dynamometer, ensure that the This system provides further dient or incline
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving in reverse
illuminated). If the ESC is left on, and steering responses when a vehi- • ESC OFF indicator light ( )
it may prevent the vehicle speed cle is driving on a slippery road or a remains on the instrument cluster
from increasing, and result in false vehicle detects changes in coeffi-
diagnosis. cient of friction between right wheels • EPS indicator light remains on the
• Turning the ESC off does not and left wheels when braking. instrument cluster
affect ABS or brake system opera-
tion. VSM operation VSM operation off
When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to
indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
When the vehicle stability manage- light ( ) illuminates.
ment is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button
and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake goes out.
and EPS control and indicates noth-
ing unusual.

5 36
Driving your vehicle

Malfunction indicator Hill-start assist control (HAC)


The VSM can be deactivated even if WARNING A vehicle has the tendency to roll
you don’t cancel the VSM operation • The Vehicle Stability back on a steep hill when it starts to
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It Management system is not a go after stopping. The Hill-start
indicates that a malfunction has substitute for safe driving Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
been detected somewhere in the practices but a supplemen- vehicle from rolling back by applying
Electric Power Steering system or tary function only. It is the the brakes automatically for about 2
VSM system. If the ESC indicator responsibility of the driver to seconds. The brakes are released
light ( ) or EPS warning light always check the speed and when the accelerator pedal is
remains on, take your vehicle to an the distance to the vehicle depressed or after about 2 seconds.
authorized Kia dealer and have the ahead. Always hold the steer-
system checked. ing wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to WARNING
✽ NOTICE activate according to the dri- The HAC is activated only for
ver’s intention, even with about 2 seconds, so when the
• The VSM is designed to function
installed VSM. Always follow vehicle is starting off always
above approximately 13 mph (22
all the normal precautions for depress the accelerator pedal.
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function driving at safe speeds for the
above approximately 6 mph (10 conditions – including driving
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on in clement weather and on a
a split-mu road. The split-mu road slippery road.
is made of surfaces which have dif- • Driving with varying tire or
ferent friction forces. wheel sizes may cause the
VSM system to malfunction.
When replacing tires, make
sure they are the same size as
your original tires.

5 37
Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brake


• The HAC does not operate when is not engaged and the parking
the transaxle shift lever is in the P brake indicator light is out before
WARNING driving away.
(Park) or N (Neutral) position. • Whenever you leave or park
• The HAC activates even though • Driving through water may get the
your vehicle, always set the brakes wet. They can also get wet
the ESC is off but it does not acti- parking brake as far as possi-
vate when the ESC has malfunc- when the vehicle is washed. Wet
ble and shift the vehicle to 1st brakes can be dangerous! Your
tioned. (First) gear or R (Reverse) for vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
manual transaxle, or P (Park) brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
for automatic transaxle. If the cause the vehicle to pull to one
parking brake is not fully side.
engaged, the vehicle may
move inadvertently and injure To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
yourself and others. lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
• All vehicles should always keep the vehicle under control at
have the parking brake fully all times. If the braking action does
engaged when parking to not return to normal, stop as soon
avoid inadvertent movement as it is safe to do so and call an
of the vehicle which can injure authorized Kia dealer for assis-
occupants or pedestrians. tance.

5 38
Driving your vehicle

• Don't coast down hills with the • If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park-
vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the
ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like-
gear at all times, use the brakes to creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an
slow down, then shift to a lower firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice
gear so that engine braking will vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if
help you maintain a safe speed. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze,
Resting your foot on the brake and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you
pedal while driving can be danger- matic transaxle) or in first or put the shift lever in P (automatic
ous because the brakes might reverse gear (manual transaxle). If transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
overheat and lose their effective- your vehicle is facing downhill, turn (manual transaxle) and block the
ness. It also increases the wear of the front wheels into the curb to rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
the brake components. help keep the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn brake.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and the front wheels away from the • Do not hold the vehicle on the
keep the vehicle pointed straight curb to help keep the vehicle from upgrade with the accelerator
ahead while you slow down. When rolling. If there is no curb or if it is pedal. This can cause the transaxle
you are moving slowly enough for it required by other conditions to to overheat. Always use the brake
to be safe to do so, pull off the road keep the vehicle from rolling, block pedal or parking brake.
and stop in a safe place. the wheels.

5 39
Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING (Continued)
• If the cruise control is left on • Be careful when driving
(CRUISE indicator light in the downhill using the cruise con-
instrument cluster illuminat- trol system, which may
ed), the cruise control can be increase the vehicle speed.
switched on accidentally.
Keep the cruise control sys-
tem off (CRUISE indicator CAUTION
light OFF) when the cruise
control is not in use, to avoid During cruise-speed driving of a
OPS053015 inadvertently setting a speed. manual transaxle vehicle, do not
shift into neutral without
1. Cruise indicator • Use the cruise control system depressing the clutch pedal,
2. Cruise set indicator only when traveling on open since the engine will be over-
highways in good weather. revved. If this happens, depress
The cruise control system allows you • Do not use the cruise control the clutch pedal or release the
to program the vehicle to maintain a when it may not be safe to cruise control ON-OFF switch.
constant speed without pressing the keep the vehicle at a constant
accelerator pedal. speed, for instance, driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on
This system is designed to function slippery (rainy, icy or snow-
above approximately 30 km/h (20 covered) or winding roads or
mph). over 6% up-hill or down-hill
roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control sys-
tem.
(Continued)

5 40
Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed:


• During normal cruise control
operation, when the SET switch is
activated or reactivated after
applying the brakes, the cruise
control will energize after approx-
imately 3 seconds. The delay is
normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
OPS053016 OPS053017
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condi- CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the
tion. tem on or off. steering wheel to turn the system
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control on. The CRUISE indicator light in
operation. the instrument cluster will illumi-
nate.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 30 km/h
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- (20 mph)
trol speed.

✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxle


For manual transaxle vehicles, you
should depress the brake pedal at
least once to set the cruise control
after starting the engine.

5 41
Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising


speed: speed:

OPS053018
3. Push the SET - switch, and
release it at the desired speed. OPS053019 OPS053018
The SET indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate. Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
Release the accelerator pedal at • Push the RES + switch and hold it. • Push the SET - switch and hold it.
the same time. The desired speed Your vehicle will accelerate. Your vehicle will gradually slow
will automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you down. Release the lever at the
On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. speed you want to maintain.
slow down or speed up slightly while • Push the RES + switch and • Push the SET - switch and release
going uphill or downhill. release it immediately. it immediately.
The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease
2km/h (or 1 mph) each time you by 2 km/h (1 mph) each time you
move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in
manner. this manner.

5 42
Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel
the cruise control on: one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument clus-
If you want to speed up temporarily
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
when the cruise control is on,
system off. If you wish to resume
depress the accelerator pedal.
cruise control operation, push the
Increased speed will not interfere
RES + switch located on your steer-
with cruise control operation or
ing wheel. You will return to your pre-
change the set speed.
viously preset speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.

OPS053020

• Press the brake pedal.


• Depress the clutch pedal if
equipped with a manual transaxle.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-
matic transaxle.
• Push the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by approx-
imately 20 km/h (12 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 km/h (15
mph).

5 43
Driving your vehicle

To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do


more than approximately 20 one of the following:
mph (30 km/h):

OPS053017
OPS053019
• Press the CRUISE button (the
If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the
CRUISE button was used to cancel instrument cluster will go off).
cruising speed and the system is still • Turn the ignition off.
activated, the most recent set speed
Both of these actions cancel cruise
will automatically resume when the
control operation. If you want to
RES+ switch is pushed.
resume cruise control operation,
It will not resume, however, if the repeat the steps provided in “To set
vehicle speed has dropped below cruise control speed” on the previous
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). page.

5 44
Driving your vehicle

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Active ECO operation • When the Active ECO is activated, Limitation of Active ECO oper-
it will remain on until the Active ation:
ECO button is pressed again.
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO does not turn off when
Active ECO is operating, the system
the engine is restarted. To turn off
operation is limited even though
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
there is no change in the ECO indi-
button again.
cator.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the sys-
• When the coolant temperature is
tem will return to normal mode.
low: The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
When Active ECO is activated: mal.
• The acceleration may slightly be • When driving up a hill: The system
OPS053030
reduced eventhough you depress will be limited to gain power when
Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- the accelerator fully. driving uphill because the engine
ciency by controlling certain engine torque is restricted.
• The air conditioner performance
and transaxle system operating may be limited. • When using sports mode: The sys-
parameters. Fuel efficiency depends tem will be limited according to the
• The shift pattern of the automatic shift location.
on the driver's driving habit and road
transaxle may change.
condition. • When the accelerator pedal is
• The engine noise may get louder. deeply depressed for a few sec-
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green) onds: The system will be limited,
will illuminate to show that the The above situations are normal judging that the driver wants to
Active ECO is operating. conditions when the active eco sys- speed up.
tem is activated to improve fuel effi-
ciency.

5 45
Driving your vehicle

ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Your vehicle may be equipped with Auto stop You must reach a speed of at least
the ISG system, which reduces fuel 5 mph (8 km/h) since last idle stop.
consumption by automatically shut-
To stop the engine in idle stop
mode The engine will stop and the green
ting down the engine, when the vehi- AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the
cle is at a standstill. (For example : ■ Type A
instrument cluster will illuminate.
red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the starting conditions are
met.
The ISG system is ON whenever the
engine is running.

✽ NOTICE
OPS053028
When the engine automatically ■ Type B
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC
OFF, EPS or Parking brake warn-
ing light) may turn on for a few sec-
onds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system
is malfunctioning.

OPS053029

Stop the vehicle completely by


pressing the brake pedal.

5 46
Driving your vehicle

Auto start
To restart the engine from idle
stop mode
• Release the brake pedal.
or
• Move the shift gear to the R
(Reverse) position or the sports
mode while depressing the brake
pedal.
OPS053014
The engine will start and the green
OTF054124 AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the
If your vehicle is equipped with clus- instrument cluster will go out.
ter type B, a message "Auto Stop"
also will appear on the LCD display.

OPS053024
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the ISG system will deac-
tivate (the light on the ISG OFF but-
ton will illuminate). A message "Auto
Stop Deactivated Start Manually" will
appear on the LCD display. (if
equipped)
Turn the engine on manually.

5 47
Driving your vehicle

The engine will also restart auto- Condition of ISG system oper-
matically without the driver’s any ation
actions if the following occurs: The ISG system will operate
- When a certain amount of time has under the following condition:
passed with the climate control sys-
- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
tem on.
- The driver’s door and engine hood
- When the front defroster is on.
are closed.
- The brake vaccum pressure is low.
- The brake vaccum pressure is ade-
- The battery charging status is low. quate.
- The vehicle speed exceeds 1 MPH - The battery is sufficiently charged.
(1 km/h). OPS053025
- The outside temperature is more
- The fan speed is in the highest The green AUTO STOP indicator than -2°C (28.4°F).
position when the air conditioning is ( ) on the instrument cluster will
blink for 5 seconds and a message - The outside temperature is under
on.
“Auto Start” will appear on the LCD 32°C (89.6°F).
- Engine is turned off by Auto Stop
display (if equipped). - The engine coolant temperature is
for a long time.
not low.
- If you unfasten the seat belt or open
the driver's door while depressing
the brake pedal.

5 48
Driving your vehicle

ISG system deactivation • If you press the ISG OFF button


again, the system will be activated
and the light on the ISG OFF but-
ton will turn off.

OPS053026 OPS053014
• If the ISG system does not meet
the operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light on
the ISG OFF button will illuminate
and a message “Auto Stop
Conditions not met” will appear on
the LCD display (if equipped).
• If the light or notice comes on con-
tinuously, please check the opera-
tion condition.
OPS053027

• If you want to deactivate the ISG


system, press the ISG OFF button.
The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate and a message “Auto
Stop off” will appear on the LCD
display (if equipped).

5 49
Driving your vehicle

ISG system malfunction • If the ISG OFF button light is not


turned off by pressing the ISG OFF WARNING - Engine
The system may not operate button again or if the ISG system repair
when: continuously does not work cor- Turn the ignition switch to the
rectly, please contact an author- LOCK (OFF) position or remove
ized Kia dealer as soon as possi- the key from the ignition com-
ble. pletely before performing work
on the vehicle in the engine
area. Failure to do so could
result in serious injuries due to
sudden engine reactivation.

✽ NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected
OPS053014 or replaced, ISG function will not
- If the ISG related sensors or sys- operate immediately.
tem error occurs, the yellow AUTO If you want to use the ISG function,
STOP indicator ( ) on the instru- the battery sensor needs to be cali-
ment cluster will stay on after blink- brated for approximately 4 hours
ing for 5 seconds and the light on with the ignition off and then, turn
the ISG OFF button will illuminate. the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.

5 50
Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake or clutch • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
mainly on your style of driving, where pedal. This can increase fuel con- tion. For better fuel economy and
you drive and when you drive. sumption and also increase wear reduced maintenance costs, main-
Each of these factors affects how on these components. In addition, tain your vehicle in accordance
many miles (kilometers) you can get driving with your foot resting on the with the maintenance schedule in
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate brake pedal may cause the brakes section 7. If you drive your vehicle
your vehicle as economically as pos- to overheat, which reduces their in severe conditions, more frequent
sible, use the following driving sug- effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see sec-
gestions to help save money in both more serious consequences. tion 7 for details).
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight
can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy.
This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer
• Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting
faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when
speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go.
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.

5 51
Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly.
require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off
the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to
In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the
your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power
up period. steering and power brakes will
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset not function properly without
Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when the engine running. Instead,
very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. keep the engine on and down-
bucking. If this happens, shift to a shift to an appropriate gear for
lower gear. Over-revving is racing engine braking effect. In addi-
the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating tion, turning off the ignition
This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- while driving could engage the
the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an steering wheel lock resulting in
authorized Kia dealer perform loss of vehicle steering which
scheduled inspections and mainte- could cause serious injury or
nance. death.

5 52
Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS


Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover
When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Crossover Utility
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (CUV). CUV’s have higher
ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- ground clearance and a narrower
• Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive track to make them capable of per-
distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when forming in a wide variety of off-road
stalled in ice, snow, or mud. applications. Specific design charac-
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. teristics give them a higher center of
• When braking with non-ABS gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting advantage of the higher ground
a light up-and-down motion until Downshifting with an automatic clearance is a better view of the
the vehicle is stopped. transaxle, while driving on slip- road, which allows you to anticipate
pery surfaces can cause an problems. They are not designed for
accident. The sudden change in cornering at the same speeds as
WARNING - ABS tire speed could cause the tires conventional passenger vehicles,
Do not pump the brake pedal on to skid. Be careful when down- any more than low-slung sports vehi-
a vehicle equipped with ABS. shifting on slippery surfaces. cles are designed to perform satis-
factorily in off-road conditions. Due to
this risk, driver and passengers are
strongly recommended to buckle
their seat belts. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
roof rack with heavy cargo, and
never modify your vehicle in any way.

5 53
Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle


WARNING - Rollover WARNING If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
As with other Crossover Utility Your vehicle is equipped with to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
Vehicle (CUV), failure to operate tires designed to provide safe first turn the steering wheel right and
this vehicle correctly may result ride and handling capability. Do left to clear the area around your
in loss of control, an accident or not use a size and type of tire front wheels. Then, shift back and
vehicle rollover. and wheel that is different from forth between 1st (First) and R
• Utility vehicles have a signifi- the one that is originally (Reverse) in vehicles equipped with
cantly higher rollover rate installed on your vehicle. It can a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)
than other types of vehicles. affect the safety and perform- and any forward gear in vehicles
ance of your vehicle, which equipped with an automatic
• Specific design characteris- could lead to steering failure or
tics (higher ground clearance, transaxle. Do not race the engine,
rollover and serious injury. and spin the wheels as little as pos-
narrower track, etc.) give this When replacing the tires, be
vehicle a higher center of sible. If you are still stuck after a few
sure to equip all four tires with tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a
gravity than ordinary vehicles. the tire and wheel of the same tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat-
• A CUV is not designed for cor- size, type, tread, brand and ing and possible damage to the
nering at the same speeds as load-carrying capacity. If you transaxle.
conventional vehicles. nevertheless decide to equip
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt your vehicle with any tire/wheel
maneuvers. combination not recommended CAUTION
• In a rollover crash, an unbelt- by Kia for off road driving, you Prolonged rocking may cause
ed person is significantly should not use these tires for engine overheating, transaxle
more likely to die than a per- highway driving. damage or failure, and tire dam-
son wearing a seat belt. Make age.
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.

5 54
Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering
WARNING - Spinning WARNING
tires If your vehicle becomes stuck in
Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and
wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this
vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects
cause a tire to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle.
could result in tire damage that During the rocking operation
may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move
forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
✽ NOTICE injury or damage to nearby peo- OUN056051

The ESC system should be turned ple or objects. Avoid braking or gear changing in
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.

5 55
Driving your vehicle

Driving at night • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain
glare from other driver's head-
lights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
OCM053010
could be temporarily blinded, and it 1VQA3003
will take several seconds for your
Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving
hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not
here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement.
remember: Here are a few things to consider
• Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain:
tance between you and other vehi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder
cles, as it may be more difficult to to see and will increase the dis-
see at night, especially in areas tance needed to stop your vehicle,
where there may not be any street so slow down.
lights. • Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.

5 56
Driving your vehicle

• If your tires are not in good condi- Driving off-road


tion, making a quick stop on wet Drive carefully off-road because your
WARNING
pavement can cause a skid and vehicle may be damaged by rocks or • Underinflated or overinflated
possibly lead to an accident. Be roots of trees. Become familiar with tires can cause poor handling,
sure your tires are in good shape. the off-road conditions where you loss of vehicle control, and
• Turn on your headlights to make it are going to drive before you begin sudden tire failure leading to
easier for others to see you. driving. accidents, injuries, and even
• Driving too fast through large pud- death. Always check tires for
dles can affect your brakes. If you proper inflation before driv-
Highway driving ing. For proper tire pressures,
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly. Tires refer to “Tires and wheels” in
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to section 8.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly specification. Low tire inflation pres- • Driving on tires with no or
while driving until normal braking sures will result in overheating and insufficient tread is danger-
operation returns. possible failure of the tires. ous. Worn-out tires can result
Avoid using worn or damaged tires in loss of vehicle control, col-
which may result in reduced traction lisions, injury, and even death.
Driving in flooded areas or tire failure. Worn-out tires should be
Avoid driving through flooded areas replaced as soon as possible
unless you are sure the water is no and should never be used for
higher than the bottom of the wheel ✽ NOTICE driving. Always check the tire
hub. Drive through any water slowly. Never exceed the maximum tire tread before driving your vehi-
Allow adequate stopping distance inflation pressure shown on the cle. For further information
because brake performance may be tires. and tread limits, refer to “Tires
affected. and wheels” in section 7.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.

5 57
Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine


oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
get to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.

Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.

5 58
Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of
on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the
ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all
equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions.
so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid-
and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may
Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires. You should drive
1VQA3005 and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are
Severe weather conditions in the hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for
winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without
problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic-
should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric-
need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use.
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. WARNING - Snow tire
size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your
vehicle may be adversely affect-
ed.

5 59
Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing
col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing,
Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a
cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat-
to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury.
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter, Check spark plugs and igni-
have your coolant tested to assure tion system Use approved window washer
that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system
the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace To keep the water in the window
the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an
ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze
sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc-
Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash-
Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an
the battery system. Visually inspect authorized Kia dealer and most auto
the battery and cables as described parts outlets. Do not use engine
in section 7. The level of charge in coolant or other types of anti-freeze
your battery can be checked by an as these may damage the paint fin-
authorized Kia dealer or a service ish.
station.

5 60
Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING
Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment We do not recommend using this
freeze Depending on the severity of the vehicle for trailer towing.
Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri-
brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of
position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry
pen when there is an accumulation include tow straps or chains, flash-
of snow or ice around or near the light, emergency flares, sand, shov-
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. el, jumper cables, window scraper,
If there is a risk the parking brake gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-
may freeze, apply it only temporarily ket, etc.
while you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-


mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.

5 61
Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT


Tire and loading information label

OPS053100N/OPS053104N/OPS053102N/OPS053101N/OPS053103N/OPS053105N

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.

5 62
Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity:


375 kg (827 lbs.) Total - 5 persons We do not recommend using this
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- (Front seat : 2 persons, vehicle for trailer towing.
mum combined weight of occupants Rear seat : 3 persons)
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped Seating capacity is the maximum
with a trailer, the combined weight number of occupants including a
includes the tongue load. driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.

5 63
Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct 5.Determine the combined weight of
The cargo capacity of your vehicle load limit luggage and cargo being loaded
will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may not
on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and safely exceed the available cargo
occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg and luggage load capacity calcu-
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- lated in Step 4.
ard. 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be
the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult
be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your vehi-
the driver and passengers from cle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg
(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68
kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is
295 kg (650 lbs).
(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or
1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5 64
Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

A B C A B C A B C
C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total


Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg
A A A
Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
136 kg 340 kg 390 kg
B Weight B Weight B Weight
(300 lbs) (750 lbs) (860 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 78 kg (172 lbs) × 5
Available Cargo and 499 kg Available Cargo and 295 kg Available Cargo and 245 kg
C C C
Luggage weight (1100 lbs) Luggage weight (650 lbs) Luggage weight (540 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.

5 65
Driving your vehicle

Certification label (Continued)


The certification label is located on
WARNING - Over
loading • Do not load your vehicle any
the driver's door sill at the center pil- heavier than the GVWR, either
lar. • Never exceed the GVWR for
the maximum front or rear
This label shows the maximum your vehicle, the GAWR for
GAWR and vehicle capacity
allowable weight of the fully loaded either the front or rear axle
weight. If you do, parts,
vehicle. This is called the GVWR and vehicle capacity weight.
including tires on your vehicle
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The Exceeding these ratings can
can break, and it can change
GVWR includes the weight of the cause an accident or vehicle
the way your vehicle handles
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and damage. You can calculate the
and braking ability. This could
cargo. weight of your load by weigh-
cause you to lose control and
ing the items (or people)
This label also tells you the maxi- crash. Also, overloading can
before putting them in the
mum weight that can be supported shorten the life of your vehi-
vehicle. Be careful not to over-
by the front and rear axles, called cle.
load your vehicle.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
(Continued)
To find out the actual loads on your
The label will help you decide how
front and rear axles, you need to go
much cargo and installed equipment
to a weigh station and weigh your
your vehicle can carry.
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the center- If you carry items inside your vehicle
line. - like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driv-
er or a passenger.

5 66
Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo


• Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your
cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your war- occupants in a sudden stop or
tire failure that could lead to a ranty. Do not overload your turn, or in a crash.
crash. vehicle. • Put items in the cargo area of
• Overloading your vehicle can • Using heavier suspension your vehicle. Try to spread the
cause increased stopping dis- components to get added weight evenly.
tances that could lead to a durability might not change • Never stack items, like suit-
crash. your weight ratings. Ask your cases, inside the vehicle
• A crash resulting from poor dealer to help you load your above the tops of the seats.
handling vehicle damage, tire vehicle the right way.
• Do not leave an unsecured
failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle.
distances could result in seri-
ous injury or death. • When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
• Do not drive with a seat folded
down unless necessary.

5 67
Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY


This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer.
(including all options, equipment,
Properly loading your vehicle will
GAW (Gross axle weight) passengers and cargo). The GVWR
provide maximum return of the vehi-
is shown on the certification label
cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill.
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including
with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload.
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification GAWR
label: (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
This is the weight of the vehicle
are shown on the certification label.
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must
include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR.
al equipment.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus
This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
when you picked it up from your deal- gers.
er plus any aftermarket equipment.

5 68
What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 • Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-22
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 • Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
In case of an emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3 • Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • Removable towing hook (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If you have a flat tire (with Spare Tire) . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 6
• Use of temporary compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . 6-17
• Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
• Components of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
• Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
• Distributing the sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Producing the tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-


ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
OPS063001 the hazard warning flasher while
The hazard warning flasher serves the vehicle is being towed.
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.

6 2
What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING


If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv-
road or crossing on your emergency hazard flash- ing
ers, set the parking brake and put
If the engine stalls